life and economic impact of hypothetical intervention ... · life and economic impact of...
TRANSCRIPT
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical
Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in
Canada: 2011 to 2041
August 2012
Prepared on Behalf of the Mental Health Commission of Canada by:
North York Corporate Centre
4576 Yonge Street, Suite 400
Toronto, ON M2N 6N4
Tel: (416) 782-7475
Fax: (416) 309-2336
www.riskanalytica.com
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 2
This report was prepared by RiskAnalytica on behalf of the Mental Health Commission of Canada.
The RiskAnalytica team members who contributed to this report are: Paul Smetanin, Carla Briante,
David Stiff, and Minhal Khan. The assumptions and calculations underlying RiskAnalytica’s Life at
Risk simulation platform were prepared by RiskAnalytica as part of this study. The use and
interpretation of the methodologies, data, assumptions and simulation outcomes is entirely that of
the authors.
Suggested Citation
Smetanin, P., Stiff, D., Briante, C., and Khan, M. Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041. RiskAnalytica, on behalf of the Mental
Health Commission of Canada 2012.
©Mental Health Commission of Canada, 2012
Acknowledgements This collaboration was coordinated and funded by the Mental Health Commission of Canada. The research was made possible through a financial contribution from Health Canada to the Mental Health Commission of Canada. RiskAnalytica would like to acknowledge the contributions, comments and input from the staff and project team at the Mental Health Commission of Canada:
Scott Dudgeon, Project Manager; Seniors Advisory Committee
Mike de Gagne, Chair First Nations, Inuit and Métis Advisory Committee
Dr. Elliot Goldner, Chair Science Advisory Committee
Dr. David Goldbloom, Vice-Chair
Steve Lurie, Chair Service Systems Advisory Committee
Sapna Mahajan, Chief Integration Officer
Michelle McLean, Vice President, Public Affairs Phil Upshall, Advisor, Stakeholder Relations
Nancy Reynolds, Child and Youth Advisory Committee
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 3
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE
Mental illness is a behavioural or psychological syndrome that significantly interferes with an individual’s
thought processing abilities, social abilities, emotions and behaviour (Mental Disorders, WHO). Our
previous study1 estimated that 1 in 5 Canadians are affected annually by mood disorders, anxiety
disorders, schizophrenia, attention deficit/hyperactive disorders (ADHD), conduct disorders,
oppositional defiant disorders (ODD), substance use disorders or dementia. Not only does mental illness
impact individuals but it also places a significant impact on families, communities and the health care
system.
Study Objective
The purpose of this study was to investigate the high level impacts of hypothetical intervention
scenarios on the baseline burden in our previous analysis, across four target areas.. When compared to
the baseline outcomes, the hypothetical scenarios demonstrate the potential impact on 12-month
prevalence and economic outcomes (direct health care costs and indirect wage-based productivity cost)
for all major mental illness in Canada over the simulated time frame. It is important to note that the
intervention scenarios were hypothetical in nature and did not include any specific evidence-based
mental health interventions. Furthermore, it is important to note that the feasibility of these impacts
may be dependent upon the mental illness itself, where some benefits may be more feasible or realistic
for certain mental illnesses than for others.
A total of five intervention scenarios (spanning four target areas) were identified by the Mental Health
Commission of Canada and evaluated within the Life at Risk platform. These included:
All-Cause Incidence: o A reduction in the overall all-cause incidence by 10%;
Prior Mental Illness in Childhood or Adolescence: o A reduction in the risks associated with prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%;
Remission Rates:
1 Smetanin et al. (2011)
2 For this analysis it was assumed that increasing the remission rates had no impact on cognitive impairment including
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 4
o An increase in remission rates by 10 %, thereby reducing the effects associated with mental illness2;
Economic Disability: o A reduction in workplace disability by 10% which affects productivity in the labour force
but not the prevalence or direct costs of mental illness;
The Combined Impact of All of the Above: o The impact of all of the above interventions applied simultaneously within the Life at
Risk platform.
INTERVENTION SCENARIO: MODEL RESULTS
Comparisons of the baseline impact of mental illness in our previous study to the proposed hypothetical
interventions were assessed to determine the high-level impact of the interventions relative to the
baseline results across each of the four intervention target areas. The results demonstrate the potential
benefits of each hypothetical intervention and do not include specific mental health interventions that
would illustrate how these targets could be met. In addition, the feasibility of each scenario may be
dependent upon the type of mental illness. Therefore the results should be viewed as a general
quantification that demonstrates the potential benefits of the hypothetical scenarios. All economic
results below are reported in annual future value terms and 2011 cumulative present value terms.
Prevalence Impacts
Figure 1 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
2 For this analysis it was assumed that increasing the remission rates had no impact on cognitive impairment including
dementia.
6,500,000
7,000,000
7,500,000
8,000,000
8,500,000
9,000,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
Child/Adol RR
Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety,Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 5
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, over 183,900 fewer Canadians will be living with the effects
associated with major mental illness by 2021 (a 0.5% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative
to the baseline model)3;
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, over 289,860 fewer Canadians will be living with a major
mental illness by 2021 (a 0.8% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model)4;
By reducing the relative risk of incidence of mental illness due to a prior mental illness in
childhood or adolescence, over 22,100 fewer Canadians will be living with a major mental illness
by 2021 (a 0.1% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in over 488,120 fewer Canadians living
with a major mental illness by 2021 (a 1.3% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, over 367,220 fewer Canadians will be living with the effects
associated with major mental illness by 2041 (a 0.9% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative
to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, over 597,440 fewer Canadians will be living with a major
mental illness by 2041 (a 1.4% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
3 It is important to note that increasing the remission rates was assumed to have no impact on cognitive impairment including
dementia.
4 It is important to note that increasing remission rates was assumed to have no impact on cognitive impairment including
dementia.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 6
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over 40,160 fewer Canadians will be living with a major mental illness by 2041 (a 0.1% reduction
in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in over 981,280 fewer Canadians living
with a major mental illness by 2041 (a 2.3% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model).
Total Direct Economic Impacts
Figure 2 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
$-
$5,000.0
$10,000.0
$15,000.0
$20,000.0
$25,000.0
$30,000.0
Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e (
$ M
illi
on
s)
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any*
Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 7
The table below outlines the expected short-term and long-term direct health care cost savings5
attributable to major mental illnesses for each scenario in future value and cumulative 2011 present
value terms.
Table 1 Direct Health Care Cost Savings Attributable to Any Mental Illness for each Hypothetical Scenario
Impact 10% Increase in Remission Rate
10% Reduction in All-Cause Incidence
10% Reduction in Relative Risk Associated with Prior Youth Illness
Combination of All Scenarios
Short-Term (2011-2021) Future Value Terms
Over $1.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2021
Over $4.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2021
Over $129.5 million dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2021
Over $5.2 billion in annual direct health care cost savings by 2021
Long-Term (2011-2041) Future Value Terms
Over $5.3 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2041
Over $22.4 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2041
Over $583.0 million dollars are expected to be saved annually by 2041
Over $28.0 billion in annual direct health care cost savings by 2041
Short-Term (2011-2021) Cumulative 2011 Present Value Terms
Present value of cumulative short-term savings of over $4.6 billion dollars
Present value of cumulative short-term savings of over $16.9 billion dollars
Present value of cumulative short-term savings of over $562.4 million dollars
Present value of cumulative short-term savings of over $22.0 billion dollars
Long-Term (2011-2041) Cumulative 2011 Present Value Terms
Present value of cumulative long-term savings of over $35.2 billion dollars
Present value of cumulative long-term savings of over $141.9 billion dollars
Present value of cumulative long-term savings of over $4.0 billion dollars
Present value of cumulative long-term savings of over $179.3 billion dollars
5 Note that direct costs include costs to the health care system such as hospitalizations, physician visits, medication, care and
support staff. The costs do not include costs to the justice system, social service and education systems, costs for child and
youth services, informal care giving costs or costs attributable to losses in health related quality of life.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 8
Total Indirect Economic Impacts
Figure 3 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Annual Future Value Terms for each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
The table below outlines the expected short-term and long-term wage-based productivity benefits (the
indirect economic benefits driven by improved productivity in the labour force measured by the total
wages paid in the economy) for each scenario in future value and cumulative 2011 present value terms.
$-
$1,000.0
$2,000.0
$3,000.0
$4,000.0
$5,000.0
$6,000.0
$7,000.0
$8,000.0
$9,000.0
$10,000.0
Reduced Disability
Increase Remission
Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e ($
Mil
lio
ns)
Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Including
Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
All* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 9
Table 2 Wage-Based Productivity Benefits for each Hypothetical Scenario
Impact 10% Increase in Remission Rate
10% Reduction in All-Cause Incidence
10% Reduction in Relative Risk Associated with Prior Youth Illness
10% Reduction in Economic Disability
Combination of All Scenarios
Short-Term (2011-2021) Future Value Terms
Over $88.6 million in indirect economic benefits annually by 2021
Over $191.9 million in indirect economic benefits annually by 2021
Over $25.6 million in indirect economic benefits annually by 2021
Over $2.3 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2021
Over $2.5 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2021
Long-Term (2011-2041) Future Value Terms
Over $1.7 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2041
Over $1.7 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2041
Over $205.0 million dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2041
Over $6.7 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2041
Over $9.6 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits annually by 2041
Short-Term (2011-2021) Cumulative 2011 Present Value Terms
Cumulatively over $83.3 million dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $1.0 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $141.1 million dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $19.2 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $20.1 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Long-Term (2011-2041) Cumulative 2011 Present Value Terms
Cumulatively over $7.5 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $8.6 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $1.0 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $63.0 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
Cumulatively over $76.1 billion dollars in indirect economic benefits are expected
CONCLUSIONS
Compared to the baseline outcomes in our previous study, the hypothetical scenarios demonstrate a
significant reduction in 12-month prevalence, direct health care costs and indirect wage-based
productivity costs of major mental illnesses. With relatively small changes in each of the target areas,
significant life and economic benefits can be achieved over time. As a result of the relatively high
baseline prevalence for all mental illnesses across all age-groups the greatest benefits are shown in the
long-term. This is due to interventions that directly change the prevalence and their incremental
impacts over the simulation timeframe, which cumulatively add to a significant reduction in the long-
term.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 10
Over the next 30 years, the combination of each of the target scenarios is expected to decrease the 12-
month prevalence of major mental illnesses by 2.3%, reducing the number of people living with a mental
illness in 2041 from 8.9 million to 7.9 million. This decrease in prevalence is expected to significantly
reduce the cumulative direct health care costs by over $179.3 billion dollars within the next 30 years.
The combined scenarios are also expected to significantly reduce the cumulative present-value wage-
based productivity costs by over $76.1 billion over the next 30 years.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 11
STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT
This report is divided into four Sections:
Section 1 provides details on the background, purpose and objectives of the study; as well as a
general overview of the scenario models and assumptions.
Section 2 summarizes the impacts of the hypothetical intervention scenarios; and
Section 3 summarizes the key findings and conclusions.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Summary ....................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction and Scope ............................................................................................................................. 3
Intervention Scenario: Model Results ....................................................................................................... 4
Conclusions ................................................................................................................................................ 9
Structure of the Report ............................................................................................................................... 11
List of Figures ............................................................................................................................................... 14
List of Tables ................................................................................................................................................ 16
1 Introduction and Background.................................................................................................... 22
1.1 Overview of Engagement Scope ............................................................................................... 22
1.2 Overview of Scenarios ............................................................................................................... 23
2 Scenario Analysis of Mental Illness Interventions ..................................................................... 28
2.1 LIfe Impacts of Scenarios ........................................................................................................... 28
2.1.1 Any Mental Illness ............................................................................................................... 29
2.1.2 ADHD ................................................................................................................................... 34
2.1.3 ODD ...................................................................................................................................... 39
2.1.4 Conduct Disorders ............................................................................................................... 44
2.1.5 Mood and Anxiety Disorders ............................................................................................... 49
2.1.6 Schizophrenia ...................................................................................................................... 54
2.1.7 Substance Use Disorders ..................................................................................................... 59
2.1.8 Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia ......................................................................... 64
2.2 Economic Impacts of Scenarios ................................................................................................. 68
3 Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 75
3.1 General Conclusions and Implications ...................................................................................... 75
Bibliography ................................................................................................................................................. 77
A Detailed LIfe at Risk Methodology ............................................................................................ 78
B Detailed Results ......................................................................................................................... 79
B.1.1 Any Mental Illness ............................................................................................................... 79
B.1.2 ADHD ................................................................................................................................... 88
B.1.3 ODD ...................................................................................................................................... 97
B.1.4 Conduct Disorder ............................................................................................................... 106
B.1.5 Mood and Anxiety Disorders ............................................................................................. 115
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 13
B.1.6 Schizophrenia .................................................................................................................... 124
B.1.7 Substance Use Disorders ................................................................................................... 133
B.1.8 Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment ....................................................................... 142
B.1.9 Direct Costs Excluding Dementia ....................................................................................... 151
B.1.10 Direct Costs For Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment ............................................. 154
B.1.11 Total Direct Costs ............................................................................................................... 157
B.1.12 Indirect Costs ..................................................................................................................... 161
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 14
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.................................................... 4
Figure 2 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ......................................................................................... 6
Figure 3 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Annual Future Value Terms for each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ...................................................................... 8
Figure 4 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios................................................... 29
Figure 5 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 30
Figure 6 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 31
Figure 7 Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 34
Figure 8 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 35
Figure 9 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 36
Figure 10 Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 39
Figure 11 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 40
Figure 12 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 41
Figure 13 Estimated Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.................................................. 44
Figure 14 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 45
Figure 15 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 46
Figure 16 Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 49
Figure 17 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .......................................... 50
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 15
Figure 18 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 51
Figure 19 Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.................................................. 54
Figure 20 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 55
Figure 21 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 56
Figure 22 Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 59
Figure 23 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 60
Figure 24 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 61
Figure 25 Estimated Number of People with Dementia* for the Baseline Model, and All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario. .................................................................................................. 64
Figure 26 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario. .................................................................................................................................... 65
Figure 27 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 28 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 69
Figure 29 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Annual Future Value Terms for each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 71
Figure 30 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Excluding Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................................................................................................ 151
Figure 31 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Excluding Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 151
Figure 32 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................................................... 154
Figure 33 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 154
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 16
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 Direct Health Care Cost Savings Attributable to Any Mental Illness for each Hypothetical Scenario ....................................................................................................................................... 7
Table 2 Wage-Based Productivity Benefits for each Hypothetical Scenario ........................................... 9
Table 3 Baseline Model: Relative Risk of Adolescent Mental Illness Given Prior Childhood Illness ..... 25
Table 4 Baseline Model: Relative Risk of Adult Mental Illness Given Prior Adolescent Illness ............ 25
Table 5 Scenario Model: Relative Risk of Adolescent Mental Illness Given Prior Childhood Illness .... 26
Table 6 Scenario Model: Relative Risk of Adult Mental Illness Given Prior Adolescent Illness ............ 26
Table 7 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .. 33
Table 8 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Any Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................... 33
Table 9 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-month prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................................................................................. 38
Table 10 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 38
Table 11 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................................................................................. 42
Table 12 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................... 43
Table 13 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 48
Table 14 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............... 48
Table 15 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................................................................................. 53
Table 16 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................. 53
Table 17 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .. 57
Table 18 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................... 58
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 17
Table 19 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................ 62
Table 20 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 63
Table 21 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario ................................................. 67
Table 22 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Crude Prevalence of People with Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario ........................................................................................ 67
Table 23 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 69
Table 24 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Cumulative Present Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 70
Table 25 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................................................................................. 72
Table 26 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Cumulative Present Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................................................. 74
Table 27 Estimated Number of Males with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.................................................. 79
Table 28 Estimated Number of Females with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 80
Table 29 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.................................................. 81
Table 30 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 82
Table 31 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .............................................................. 83
Table 32 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 84
Table 33 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 85
Table 34 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................................................. 86
Table 35 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ....................................................................................... 87
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 18
Table 36 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 88
Table 37 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 89
Table 38 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 90
Table 39 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .......................................... 91
Table 40 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .......................................... 92
Table 41 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .......................................... 93
Table 42 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................. 94
Table 43 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................... 95
Table 44 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................. 96
Table 45 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 97
Table 46 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 98
Table 47 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................. 99
Table 48 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 100
Table 49 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 101
Table 50 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 102
Table 51 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................................................................... 103
Table 52 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................... 104
Table 53 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................... 105
Table 54 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. 106
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 19
Table 55 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. 107
Table 56 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. 108
Table 57 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................ 109
Table 58 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................ 110
Table 59 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ............................ 111
Table 60 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................... 112
Table 61 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................... 113
Table 62 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................................... 114
Table 63 Estimated Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................ 115
Table 64 Estimated Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .......................... 116
Table 65 Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ................................ 117
Table 66 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 118
Table 67 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 119
Table 68 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................ 120
Table 69 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................... 121
Table 70 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 122
Table 71 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 123
Table 72 Estimated Number of Males with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios................................................ 124
Table 73 Estimated Number of Females with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios................................................ 125
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 20
Table 74 Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios................................................ 126
Table 75 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................... 127
Table 76 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 128
Table 77 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 129
Table 78 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 130
Table 79 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 131
Table 80 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 132
Table 81 Estimated Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 133
Table 82 Estimated Number of Females with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 134
Table 83 Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. .................................................................. 135
Table 84 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 136
Table 85 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 137
Table 86 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ..................................................................................... 138
Table 87 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................................................... 139
Table 88 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................................................... 140
Table 89 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios. ........................................................................................................... 141
Table 90 Estimated Number of Males with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................ 142
Table 91 Estimated Number of Females with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................ 143
Table 92 Estimated Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................ 144
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 21
Table 93 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................................ 145
Table 94 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................................ 146
Table 95 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. ................................................................................................................ 147
Table 96 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in Males for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. .................................................................................................................................. 148
Table 97 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in Females for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. .................................................................................................................................. 148
Table 98 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in People for the Incidence Reduction Scenario. .................................................................................................................................. 150
Table 99 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Excluding Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions). ......................................................................................... 152
Table 100 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Excluding Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions). .................................................................... 153
Table 101 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Canada in Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios (in $ Millions). .................................................................................... 155
Table 102 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Canada in Future Value Terms for the Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios (in $ Millions). ......................................................................................................... 156
Table 103 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions). ......................................................................................... 157
Table 104 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions). .................................................................... 158
Table 105 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions)..................................................................... 159
Table 106 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions). ............................................... 160
Table 107 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Annual Future Value Terms (in $ Millions). ........................................................... 161
Table 108 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions). ................................................... 162
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 22
1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.1 OVERVIEW OF ENGAGEMENT SCOPE
Purpose and Objectives
In our previous analysis (Smetanin et al. 2011), we developed a base model that was used to estimate
the current and future impact of mental illness in Canada beginning in 2011 and annually over the next
three decades. The mental illnesses included in this model were mood disorders, anxiety disorders,
schizophrenia, substance use disorders (SUDs), attention deficit/hyperactive disorders (ADHD), conduct
disorders, oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and cognitive impairment including dementia. Our Life at
Risk platform was used to simulate incidence, prevalence and mortality for the total population in
Canada over the age of 9, and project these measures over a 30 year time horizon. Assuming steady-
state prevalence, and no changes in treatment or health care utilization, these measures were linked to
current estimates of health service use and workplace productivity to forecast the economic impact of
mental illness now and in the future.
The purpose of this analysis was to investigate the high level impact of hypothetical mental health
intervention scenarios within the simulation platform on the baseline burden in Smetanin et al. (2011)
When compared to the baseline outcomes, the scenario impacts demonstrate how each hypothetical
intervention could affect the prevalence and economic costs (direct health care costs and indirect wage-
based productivity cost) of major mental illness in Canada over the simulated time frame.
A total of five intervention scenarios were identified by the Mental Health Commission of Canada
(MHCC) and evaluated within the Life at Risk platform. Each of the scenarios evaluated the impact of
making a 10% improvement across each of the following target areas:
All-Cause Incidence: o A reduction in the overall all-cause incidence by 10%
Prior Mental Illness in Childhood or Adolescence: o A reduction in the risks associated with prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%
Remission Rates:
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 23
o An increase in remission rates by 10 %, thereby reducing the negative effects associated with mental illness6
Economic Disability: o A reduction in workplace disability by 10% which affects productivity in the labour force
but not the prevalence or direct costs of mental illness
The Combined Impact of Each of the Above: o The impact of all of the above interventions applied simultaneously within the Life at
Risk platform
Out of Scope to the Current Analysis
Although the potential benefits of each hypothetical intervention were quantified, the analysis did not
include specific mental health interventions supported by evidence to illustrate how these targets could
be met. That is, the interventions presented in this report are hypothetical in nature and show the
possible reductions in prevalence of mental illness and the direct and indirect costs that could be met if
10% improvements across each target area could be achieved. The results can be viewed as a general
quantification of the potential impacts across each of the four target areas; however, the actual
intervention programs that could be implemented to meet these targets were excluded from this
analysis.
1.2 OVERVIEW OF SCENARIOS
The following section provides further details on each of the hypothetical interventions tested in the
model including key assumptions. Each of the scenarios described below were simulated and compared
to the baseline model over a thirty year time frame, from 2011 to 2041. For more information on the
baseline model please refer to Smetanin et al. (2011).
All-Cause Incidence
The all-cause incidence scenario examined the impact of reducing the overall all cause incidence of
mental illness across each of the major mental illnesses in Canada including mood disorders, anxiety
disorders, schizophrenia, SUD, dementia, CD, ODD and ADHD. The annual incidence rate of each illness
was reduced by 10% to examine the impact on 12-month prevalence, total direct and indirect costs
6 Note that for this analysis it was assumed that an increase in remission rates had no impact on cognitive impairment including
dementia.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 24
relative to the baseline model. It is important to note that all other model parameters remained
unchanged from the baseline and that existing prevalent cases were not altered. It was only the
incidence rate of new cases that was adjusted.
Prior Mental Illness in Childhood or Adolescence
This risk reduction scenario examined the impact of reducing the risks associated with prior mental
illness in childhood and adolescence for all major mental illnesses in Canada. This hypothetical
intervention assessed the impact of decreasing the relative risks associated with a prior mental illness in
youth by 10% on 12-month prevalence7, total direct and indirect costs against the baseline model. This
scenario included two parts:
1. A 10% reduction in the risks associated with incidence of any adolescent mental illness given a
childhood mental illness; and
2. A 10% reduction in the risks associated with any adult mental illness given an adolescent mental
illness.
As in the incidence reduction scenario, the existing prevalent cases were not altered at the time of the
intervention. The relative risks of an adolescent mental illness given prior childhood illness from our
baseline model are shown in Table 3.
7 Note that it is the excess risk above one that is reduced by 10%, not the total value of the relative risk factor.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 25
Table 3 Baseline Model: Relative Risk of Adolescent Mental Illness Given Prior Childhood Illness
The relative risks of an adult mental illness given prior adolescent illness from our baseline model are
shown in Table 4.
Table 4 Baseline Model: Relative Risk of Adult Mental Illness Given Prior Adolescent Illness
Table 5 and Table 6 provide the 10% reduction in the relative risk estimates associated with the
incidence of any adolescent mental illness given a childhood mental illness and the risk of any adult
mental illness given an adolescent mental illness, respectively.
Prior Childhood
Illness ADHD Anxiety
Conduct
Disorders
Mood
Disorders ODD SUD
ADHD - 1.66 1.89 1.99 4.99 2.88
Anxiety 4.14 - 2.22 2.93 2.47 1.34
Conduct Disorders 6.54 1.09 - 1.23 3.50 3.38
Mood Disorders 4.28 3.33 3.31 - 4.09 2.45
ODD 4.06 2.33 3.18 2.30 - 3.09
ADHD - 1.60 1.92 1.92 4.98 3.17
Anxiety 5.10 - 2.27 2.78 2.50 1.37
Conduct Disorders 9.46 1.08 - 1.22 3.53 3.92
Mood Disorders 5.39 3.00 3.45 - 4.17 2.71
ODD 5.01 2.17 3.30 2.20 - 3.54
Adolescent Illness
Male
Female
Prior Adolescent
Illness Anxiety
Mood
Disorders SUD Anxiety
Mood
Disorders SUD
ADHD 2.21 1.23 2.23 2.00 1.22 2.52
Anxiety - 2.43 1.04 - 2.33 1.05
Conduct Disorders 1.78 1.74 2.81 1.67 1.69 3.46
Mood Disorders 3.05 - 1.38 2.70 - 1.44
ODD 2.74 2.08 1.84 2.40 1.99 2.03
SUD 2.59 1.88 - 2.31 1.81 -
Adult Illness - Male Adult Illness - Female
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 26
Table 5 Scenario Model: Relative Risk of Adolescent Mental Illness Given Prior Childhood Illness
Table 6 Scenario Model: Relative Risk of Adult Mental Illness Given Prior Adolescent Illness
Remission Rates
The remission rate scenario examined the potential impact of increasing remission rates for all major
mental illnesses in Canada by 10% over the baseline model, on 12-month prevalence, total direct and
indirect costs. It is important to note that the model assumed no remission rates for those with
cognitive impairment including dementia. It is also important to note that increasing remission rates do
necessarily reduce the number of people living with mental illness but rather reduces the effects
associated with mental illness, improving overall health and the costs associated with treatment of
mental illness.
Prior Childhood
Illness ADHD Anxiety
Conduct
Disorders
Mood
Disorders ODD SUD
ADHD - 1.59 1.80 1.89 4.59 2.69
Anxiety 3.83 - 2.10 2.74 2.33 1.31
Conduct Disorders 5.99 1.08 - 1.21 3.25 3.15
Mood Disorders 3.95 3.09 3.08 - 3.78 2.31
ODD 3.75 2.20 2.96 2.17 - 2.88
ADHD - 1.54 1.82 1.82 4.58 2.96
Anxiety 4.69 - 2.14 2.60 2.35 1.34
Conduct Disorders 8.61 1.07 - 1.20 3.28 3.63
Mood Disorders 4.95 2.80 3.21 - 3.85 2.54
ODD 4.61 2.06 3.07 2.08 - 3.29
Adolescent Illness
Male
Female
Prior Adolescent
Illness Anxiety
Mood
Disorders SUD Anxiety
Mood
Disorders SUD
ADHD 2.09 1.21 2.11 1.90 1.19 2.37
Anxiety - 2.29 1.04 - 2.20 1.04
Conduct Disorders 1.70 1.67 2.63 1.60 1.62 3.21
Mood Disorders 2.84 - 1.34 2.53 - 1.39
ODD 2.56 1.98 1.75 2.26 1.89 1.92
SUD 2.43 1.79 - 2.18 1.73 -
Adult Illness - Male Adult Illness - Female
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 27
Economic Disability
Economic disability is a measure of how an illness affects productivity in the labour force. The economic
disability scenario examined the impact of decreasing the economic disability associated with (or
equivalently improving the productivity of people with) all major mental illnesses in Canada by 10% over
the baseline on the total indirect economic costs. This hypothetical scenario did not directly alter the
prevalence of illness in the labour force or the direct costs associated with mental illness, but assumed
that people with mental illness would be 10% more productive in the labour force than in the base
model.
The Combined Impact of All of the Above
The final scenario examined a combination of all of four scenarios for all major mental illness in Canada.
That is, it evaluated the combined impact of:
Decreasing the all-cause incidence of mental illness by 10%;
Increasing the remission rates by 10%;
Decreasing the relative risks associated with prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence by
10%; and
Decreasing the workplace disability associated with mental illness by 10%.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 28
2 SCENARIO ANALYSIS OF MENTAL ILLNESS INTERVENTIONS
The impacts of the proposed intervention scenarios were compared to the base model results to derive
the value proposition of the interventions. The following section summarizes the value proposition of
each scenario over the simulation period. It is important to note that since these interventions
represent hypothetical scenarios, the actual intervention programs and the costs associated with
program implementation and human resource requirements were not taken into account. In addition,
the hypothetical interventions may have additional benefits not taken into consideration within this
analysis. These additional benefits may include, but are not limited to, improvements in activities of
daily living, quality of life and comorbid health conditions, as well as benefits associated with burden
placed on formal and informal caregivers. Note that the economic disability reduction scenario does not
affect the incidence or prevalence of mental illness. It only affects productivity in the labour force. There
results of the economic disability scenario are limited to Section 2.2.
2.1 LIFE IMPACTS OF SCENARIOS
In this section the impact of each scenario on the 12-month prevalence from 2011 to 2041 is presented
for each of the mental illnesses included in the model. For detailed annual results, please refer to
Appendix B.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 29
2.1.1 ANY MENTAL ILLNESS
Figure 4 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 4 compares the estimated number of Canadians with any mental illness at baseline to each of the
hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females, reducing the all
cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction on the number of people living with any
mental illness. The interventions affect the health state of the population through altered incidence and
remission rates. The prevalence was not altered directly. As a result, the benefits of the interventions
grow over time. For example, when incidence rates are reduced, those currently with a mental illness
will continue with that illness until remission or death. However, over time fewer people are becoming
ill than would have without the intervention resulting in a reduction in prevalence which grows over
time. The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 5. The reduction in prevalence as a
percentage of the population is shown in Figure 6. Note that this is the absolute prevalence in the
population, not the relative reduction in the number of people with any illness. Since the simulation
6,500,000
7,000,000
7,500,000
8,000,000
8,500,000
9,000,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
Child/Adol RR
Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety,Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
3,000,000
3,200,000
3,400,000
3,600,000
3,800,000
4,000,000
4,200,000
4,400,000
4,600,000
4,800,000
5,000,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR CombinedAny* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
3,000,000
3,200,000
3,400,000
3,600,000
3,800,000
4,000,000
4,200,000
4,400,000
4,600,000
4,800,000
5,000,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR CombinedAny* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 30
time-frame is 30 years, a significant number of people with mental illness prior to the intervention
remain alive in the model limiting the reduction in prevalence to 2.3% when all interventions are
combined.
Figure 5 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
200,000
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
Child/Adol RR
Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety,Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
-
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any* Mental
Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
-
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041R
ed
uct
ion
in N
um
be
r of
Can
adia
ns
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical
Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 31
Figure 6 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 7 and Table 8 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, it is estimated that 183,900 fewer Canadians will be living with
the effects associated with major mental illness by 2021 (a 0.5% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, there is an estimated reduction of 289,860 Canadians
living with major metal illness by 2021 (a 0.8% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model) is expected;.
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety,Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental
Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-
Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 32
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, it is estimated that 22,100 fewer Canadians will be living with a major mental illness by
2021 (a 0.1% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 488,120
Canadians living with a major mental illness by 2021 (a 1.3% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, 367,220 fewer Canadians were estimated to be living with the
effects associated with major mental illness by 2041 (a 0.9% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 597,440 fewer Canadians will be
living with a major mental illness by 2041 (a 1.4% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to
the baseline model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
an estimated 40,160 fewer Canadians will be living with a major mental illness by 2041 (a 0.1%
reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in in an estimated reduction of 981,280
Canadians living with a major mental illness by 2041 (a 2.3% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model).
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 33
Table 7 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 8 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Any Mental Illness for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 7,403,560 183,905 289,863 22,133 488,122
2031 8,177,950 291,195 466,907 33,063 775,243
2041 8,905,831 367,222 597,443 40,163 981,287
2021 3,412,906 94,559 140,909 11,223 242,909
2031 3,733,855 146,619 223,493 17,045 379,224
2041 4,042,493 180,410 283,636 21,054 473,323
2021 3,990,654 89,347 148,954 10,910 245,212
2031 4,444,095 144,575 243,413 16,018 396,019
2041 4,863,338 186,813 313,807 19,109 507,964
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Total
Male
Female
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011
to 2041
Baseline Number
of People
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 19.7% 0.5% 0.8% 0.1% 1.3%
2031 20.1% 0.7% 1.2% 0.1% 1.9%
2041 20.5% 0.9% 1.4% 0.1% 2.3%
Male 2021 18.3% 0.5% 0.8% 0.1% 1.3%
2031 18.5% 0.7% 1.1% 0.1% 1.9%
2041 18.8% 0.8% 1.3% 0.1% 2.2%
Female 2021 21.0% 0.5% 0.8% 0.1% 1.3%
2031 21.6% 0.7% 1.2% 0.1% 1.9%
2041 22.2% 0.9% 1.4% 0.1% 2.3%
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence ScenarioBaseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 34
2.1.2 ADHD
Figure 7 Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 7 compares the estimated number of Canadian youth with ADHD at the baseline to each of the
hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females, reducing the all
cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction on the number of youth living with ADHD.
The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 8. The reduction in prevalence as a
percentage of the population is shown in Figure 9.
150,000
160,000
170,000
180,000
190,000
200,000
210,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
-
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
180,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month
Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
180,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month
Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 35
Figure 8 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
-
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ADHD (12-
Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 36
Figure 9 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 9 and Table 10 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 3,360 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with ADHD by 2021 (a 0.13% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 15,690 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with ADHD by 2021 (a 0.69% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
0.06%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
0.00%
0.02%
0.04%
0.06%
0.08%
0.10%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.02%
0.04%
0.06%
0.08%
0.10%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD for
Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 37
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, it is estimated that 150 fewer Canadian youth will be living with ADHD by 2021 (a 0.01%
reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 18,920
Canadian youth living with ADHD by 2021 (a 0.82% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to
the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 4,040 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with ADHD by 2041 (a 0.14% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 19,170 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with ADHD by 2041 (a 0.73% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, it is estimated that 170 fewer Canadian youth will be living with ADHD by 2041 (a 0.1%
reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 22,980
Canadian youth living with ADHD by 2041 (a 0.86% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to
the baseline model).
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 38
Table 9 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-month prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 10 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 176,185 3,367 15,693 152 18,929
2031 193,039 3,894 18,496 172 22,162
2041 200,220 4,046 19,179 178 22,987
2021 153,399 2,942 13,585 126 16,408
2031 168,107 3,403 16,001 143 19,201
2041 174,359 3,536 16,592 148 19,916
2021 22,786 424 2,108 - 2,520
2031 24,932 491 2,494 - 2,961
2041 25,861 510 2,587 - 3,071
Total
Male
Female
Impact of Different Intervention Scenarios on the Estimated Number of People with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) Aged 9
to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 7.62% 0.13% 0.69% 0.01% 0.82%
2031 7.63% 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2041 7.62% 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
Male 2021 12.94% 0.23% 1.16% 0.01% 1.38%
2031 12.95% 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2041 12.93% 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
Female 2021 2.02% 0.03% 0.19% - 0.22%
2031 2.02% 0.04% 0.20% - 0.24%
2041 2.02% 0.04% 0.20% - 0.24%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario, 2011
to 2041
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 39
2.1.3 ODD
Figure 10 Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 10 compares the estimated number of Canadian youth with ODD at the baseline to each of the
hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females, reducing the all
cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction in the number of youth living with ODD.
The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 11. The reduction in prevalence as a
percentage of the population is shown in Figure 12.
75,000
80,000
85,000
90,000
95,000
100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
50,000
55,000
60,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
50,000
55,000
60,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 40
Figure 11 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
-
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 41
Figure 12 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 11 and Table 12 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 2,000 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with ODD by 2021 (a 0.08% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 7,940 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with ODD by 2021 (a 0.35% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
Reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence by
10% has a negligible short-term impact; and
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD for Each
of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.000%
0.005%
0.010%
0.015%
0.020%
0.025%
0.030%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 42
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 9,790
Canadian youth living with ODD by 2021 (a 0.43% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to
the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 2,380 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with ODD by 2041 (a 0.08% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 9,640 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with ODD by 2041 (a 0.37% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
Reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence has
a negligible short-term impact; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 11,800
Canadian youth living with ODD by 2041 (a 0.45% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to
the baseline model).
Table 11 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 86,557 2,002 7,943 - 9,790
2031 94,535 2,299 9,302 - 11,380
2041 98,037 2,389 9,644 - 11,803
2021 49,123 1,144 4,505 - 5,562
2031 53,691 1,315 5,279 - 6,470
2041 55,679 1,367 5,473 - 6,710
2021 37,434 858 3,438 - 4,228
2031 40,844 984 4,023 - 4,910
2041 42,359 1,022 4,171 - 5,093
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Total
Male
Female
Impact of Different Intervention Scenarios on the Estimated Number of People with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) Aged 9
to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 43
Table 12 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 3.80% 0.08% 0.35% - 0.43%
2031 3.80% 0.08% 0.37% - 0.45%
2041 3.79% 0.08% 0.37% - 0.45%
Male 2021 4.20% 0.09% 0.39% - 0.47%
2031 4.20% 0.09% 0.41% - 0.50%
2041 4.20% 0.09% 0.41% - 0.50%
Female 2021 3.37% 0.07% 0.31% - 0.38%
2031 3.37% 0.07% 0.33% - 0.40%
2041 3.37% 0.07% 0.33% - 0.40%
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to
2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 44
2.1.4 CONDUCT DISORDERS
Figure 13 Estimated Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 13 compares the estimated number of Canadian youth with conduct disorder at the baseline to
each of the hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females,
reducing the all cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction in the number of youth
living with conduct disorder. The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 14. The
reduction in prevalence as a percentage of the population is shown in Figure 15.
75,000
80,000
85,000
90,000
95,000
100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 45
Figure 14 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
-
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-
Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-
Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 46
Figure 15 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 13 and Table 14 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 1,670 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with conduct disorders by 2021 (a 0.07% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 8,030 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with conduct disorders by 2021 (a 0.35% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-
Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct
Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios-Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.000%
0.005%
0.010%
0.015%
0.020%
0.025%
0.030%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 47
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 50 fewer Canadian youth will be living with conduct disorders by 2021 (a
negligible reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 9,620
Canadian youth living with conduct disorders by 2021 (a 0.42% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 2,010 fewer Canadian youth will be living with the
effects associated with conduct disorders by 2041 (a 0.07% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 9,820 fewer Canadian youth will be
living with conduct disorders by 2041 (a 0.37% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 50 fewer Canadian youth will be living with conduct disorders by 2041 (a
negligible reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 11,690
Canadian youth living with conduct disorders by 2041 (a 0.44% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model).
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 48
Table 13 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 14 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 87,689 1,679 8,033 51 9,622
2031 96,035 1,940 9,476 57 11,273
2041 99,605 2,016 9,826 59 11,693
2021 62,143 1,197 5,675 34 6,806
2031 68,095 1,383 6,695 39 7,975
2041 70,625 1,437 6,942 41 8,272
2021 25,546 483 2,358 16 2,816
2031 27,941 557 2,781 18 3,297
2041 28,980 579 2,884 19 3,420
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Total
Male
Female
Impact of Different Intervention Scenarios on the Estimated Number of People with Conduct Disorder (12-Month
Prevalence) Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 3.80% 0.07% 0.35% 0.00% 0.42%
2031 3.80% 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2041 3.80% 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
Male 2021 5.25% 0.09% 0.49% 0.00% 0.57%
2031 5.25% 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2041 5.24% 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
Female 2021 2.27% 0.04% 0.21% 0.00% 0.25%
2031 2.27% 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2041 2.27% 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 49
2.1.5 MOOD AND ANXIETY DISORDERS
Figure 16 Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 16 compares the estimated number of Canadians with mood or anxiety disorders at the baseline
to each of the hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females,
reducing the all cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction in the number of people
living with mood or anxiety disorders. The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 17.
The reduction in prevalence as a percentage of the population is shown in Figure 18.
4,000,000
4,100,000
4,200,000
4,300,000
4,400,000
4,500,000
4,600,000
4,700,000
4,800,000
4,900,000
5,000,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
1,000,000
1,500,000
2,000,000
2,500,000
3,000,000
3,500,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
1,000,000
1,500,000
2,000,000
2,500,000
3,000,000
3,500,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 50
Figure 17 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
300,000
350,000
400,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or
Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
300,000
350,000
400,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or
Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 51
Figure 18 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 15 and Table 16 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 114,800 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with mood or anxiety disorders by 2021 (a 0.3% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 150,660 fewer Canadians will be
living with a mood or anxiety disorders by 2021 (a 0.4% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
0.00%
0.20%
0.40%
0.60%
0.80%
1.00%
1.20%
1.40%
1.60%
1.80%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or
Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.20%
0.40%
0.60%
0.80%
1.00%
1.20%
1.40%
1.60%
1.80%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or
Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.20%
0.40%
0.60%
0.80%
1.00%
1.20%
1.40%
1.60%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 52
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 21,480 fewer Canadians will be living with mood or anxiety disorders by 2021
(a 0.1% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 280,450
Canadians living with mood or anxiety disorders by 2021 (a 0.7% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 253,930 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with mood or anxiety disorders by 2041 (a 0.6% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 321,090 fewer Canadians will be
living with mood or anxiety disorders by 2041 (a 0.7% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative
to the baseline model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 36,800 fewer Canadians will be living with mood or anxiety disorders by 2041
(a 0.1% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 591,160
Canadians living with mood or anxiety disorders by 2041 (a 1.4% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model).
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 53
Table 15 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 16 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 4,352,884 114,804 150,666 21,484 280,452
2031 4,653,839 193,221 246,901 31,074 457,420
2041 4,932,117 253,938 321,093 36,804 591,166
2021 1,455,562 47,592 57,991 10,272 112,845
2031 1,537,179 77,405 93,508 14,682 179,309
2041 1,620,405 98,252 120,515 17,313 226,777
2021 2,897,321 67,213 92,676 11,212 167,607
2031 3,116,659 115,816 153,393 16,392 278,110
2041 3,311,712 155,686 200,578 19,491 364,389
Total
Male
Female
Impact of Different Intervention Scenarios on the Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 11.6% 0.3% 0.4% 0.1% 0.7%
2031 11.4% 0.5% 0.6% 0.1% 1.1%
2041 11.4% 0.6% 0.7% 0.1% 1.4%
Male 2021 7.8% 0.3% 0.3% 0.1% 0.6%
2031 7.6% 0.4% 0.5% 0.1% 0.9%
2041 7.6% 0.5% 0.6% 0.1% 1.1%
Female 2021 15.3% 0.4% 0.5% 0.1% 0.9%
2031 15.2% 0.6% 0.8% 0.1% 1.4%
2041 15.1% 0.7% 0.9% 0.1% 1.7%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 54
2.1.6 SCHIZOPHRENIA
Figure 19 Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 19 compares the estimated number of Canadians with schizophrenia at the baseline to each of
the hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females, reducing the
all cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction in the number of people living with
schizophrenia. The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 20. The reduction in
prevalence as a percentage of the population is shown in Figure 21. It is important to note the baseline
model did not account for the relationship between a prior mental illness in youth (childhood or
adolescence) and adult schizophrenia. Therefore, for schizophrenia we do not report results for the
scenario associated with a prior mental illness in youth.
210,000
220,000
230,000
240,000
250,000
260,000
270,000
280,000
290,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
Combined
100,000
105,000
110,000
115,000
120,000
125,000
130,000
135,000
140,000
145,000
150,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence Combined
100,000
105,000
110,000
115,000
120,000
125,000
130,000
135,000
140,000
145,000
150,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 55
Figure 20 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
Combined
-
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the
Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence Combined
-
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with
Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 56
Figure 21 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 17 and Table 18 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 3,930 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with schizophrenia by 2021 (a 0.01% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 8,500 fewer Canadians will be living
with schizophrenia by 2021 (a 0.02% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model); and
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
0.06%
0.07%
0.08%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of
Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence Combined
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
0.06%
0.07%
0.08%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence Combined
0.00%
0.01%
0.02%
0.03%
0.04%
0.05%
0.06%
0.07%
0.08%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 57
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 12,270
Canadians living with schizophrenia by 2021 (a 0.03% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative
to the baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 9,300 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with schizophrenia by 2041 (a 0.02% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 20,540 fewer Canadians will be living
with schizophrenia by 2041 (a 0.05% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 29,180
Canadians living with schizophrenia by 2041 (a 0.07% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative
to the baseline model).
Table 17 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 237,884 3,939 8,502 N/A* 12,274
2031 262,019 6,895 15,065 N/A* 21,556
2041 282,820 9,311 20,541 N/A* 29,185
2021 116,245 1,613 3,558 N/A* 5,087
2031 126,921 2,847 6,370 N/A* 9,027
2041 136,434 3,969 8,914 N/A* 12,577
2021 121,639 2,325 4,943 N/A* 7,187
2031 135,098 4,049 8,695 N/A* 12,529
2041 146,386 5,342 11,627 N/A* 16,607
N/A*: not included in model
Total
Male
Female
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to
2041
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 58
Table 18 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with Schizophrenia for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 0.63% 0.01% 0.02% N/A* 0.03%
2031 0.64% 0.02% 0.04% N/A* 0.05%
2041 0.65% 0.02% 0.05% N/A* 0.07%
Male 2021 0.62% 0.01% 0.02% N/A* 0.03%
2031 0.63% 0.01% 0.03% N/A* 0.05%
2041 0.64% 0.02% 0.04% N/A* 0.06%
Female 2021 0.64% 0.01% 0.03% N/A* 0.04%
2031 0.66% 0.02% 0.04% N/A* 0.06%
2041 0.67% 0.02% 0.05% N/A* 0.08%
N/A*: not included in model
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 59
2.1.7 SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS
Figure 22 Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 22 compares the estimated number of Canadians with SUDs at the baseline to each of the
hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and females, reducing the all
cause incidence rates by 10% produces the largest reduction in the number of people living with SUDs.
The estimated reduction in these numbers is shown in Figure 23. The reduction in prevalence as a
percentage of the population is shown in Figure 24.
1,800,000
1,850,000
1,900,000
1,950,000
2,000,000
2,050,000
2,100,000
2,150,000
2,200,000
2,250,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence)
Base Case
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
1,600,000
1,800,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence)- Male
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
400,000
600,000
800,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
1,400,000
1,600,000
1,800,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence)- Female
Base Case Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 60
Figure 23 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
300,000
350,000
400,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
-
50,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
250,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention
Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 61
Figure 24 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 19 and Table 20 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 94,600 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with SUDs by 2021 (a 0.3% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 87,940 fewer Canadians will be living
with SUDs by 2021 (a 0.2% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 11,380 fewer Canadians will be living with SUDs by 2021 (a negligible reduction
in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
0.00%
0.20%
0.40%
0.60%
0.80%
1.00%
1.20%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Female
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.20%
0.40%
0.60%
0.80%
1.00%
1.20%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD for Each
of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios- Male
Remission Incidence RR Combined
0.00%
0.10%
0.20%
0.30%
0.40%
0.50%
0.60%
0.70%
0.80%
0.90%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
12-
Mo
nth
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios
Remission
Incidence
RR
Combined
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 62
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 188,400
Canadians living with SUDs by 2021 (a 0.5% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model).
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission by 10%, an estimated 165,350 fewer Canadians will be living with the
effects associated with SUDs by 2041 (a 0.4% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model);
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, it is estimated that 168,110 fewer Canadians will be
living with SUDs by 2041 (a 0.4% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline
model);
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence, it
is estimated that 20,170 fewer Canadians will be living with SUDs by 2041 (a negligible reduction
in 12-month prevalence relative to the baseline model); and
The combination of each of the above scenarios results in an estimated reduction of 339,050
Canadians living with SUDs by 2041 (a 0.8% reduction in 12-month prevalence relative to the
baseline model).
Table 19 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 2,051,724 94,609 87,944 11,389 188,405
2031 2,126,694 139,039 134,155 16,426 279,104
2041 2,232,541 165,358 168,110 20,175 339,056
2021 1,489,380 60,448 58,097 7,931 123,292
2031 1,545,012 91,497 91,713 11,680 188,478
2041 1,621,258 110,151 116,704 14,476 232,198
2021 562,344 34,161 29,847 3,458 65,113
2031 581,682 47,542 42,442 4,746 90,626
2041 611,283 55,207 51,407 5,699 106,857
Impact of Different Intervention Scenarios on the Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline Number
of People
Reduction in Number of People in each Scenario
Total
Male
Female
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 63
Table 20 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in 12-Month Crude Prevalence of People with SUD for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
Total 2021 5.5% 0.3% 0.2% 0.0% 0.5%
2031 5.2% 0.3% 0.3% 0.0% 0.7%
2041 5.1% 0.4% 0.4% 0.0% 0.8%
Male 2021 8.0% 0.3% 0.3% 0.0% 0.7%
2031 7.7% 0.5% 0.5% 0.1% 0.9%
2041 7.6% 0.5% 0.5% 0.1% 1.1%
Female 2021 3.0% 0.2% 0.2% 0.0% 0.3%
2031 2.8% 0.2% 0.2% 0.0% 0.4%
2041 2.8% 0.3% 0.2% 0.0% 0.5%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Baseline 12-
Month
Prevalence
Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 64
2.1.8 COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT INCLUDING DEMENTIA
Figure 25 Estimated Number of People with Dementia* for the Baseline Model, and All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Figure 25 compares the estimated number of Canadians with cognitive impairment including dementia
at baseline to each of the hypothetical scenarios over a 30-year simulation period. For both males and
females, reducing the all cause incidence rates by 10% produces a large reduction in the number of
people living with cognitive impairment including dementia. The estimated reduction in these numbers
is shown in Figure 26. The reduction in prevalence as a percentage of the population is shown in Figure
27. It is important to note the baseline model did not account for the relationship between a prior
mental illness in youth (childhood or adolescence) and later cognitive impairment including dementia.
Therefore, for dementia we do not report the results for the scenario associated with a prior mental
illness in youth. Similarly, within the model, once a person is diagnosed with cognitive impairment
including dementia it is assumed that remission is not possible. Therefore, for dementia we do not
report results for the reduction in remission rates scenario.
600,000
850,000
1,100,000
1,350,000
1,600,000
1,850,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence)
Base Case
Incidence
*Cognitiveimpairment including Dementia
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
900,000
1,000,000
1,100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence)-
Male
Base Case Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
900,000
1,000,000
1,100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Nu
mb
er o
f Can
adia
ns
Estimated Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence)-Female
Base Case Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 65
Figure 26 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario.
-
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
120,000
140,000
160,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario
Incidence
*Cognitiveimpairment including Dementia
-
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia*
(Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario- Female
Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
-
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
100,000
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Nu
mb
er o
f C
anad
ian
s
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia*
(Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario- Male
Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 66
Figure 27 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Table 21 and Table 22 provide the short-term and long-term impacts associated with each of the
hypothetical scenarios as well as the impact of combining each scenario.
Relative to the baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, an estimated 66,160 fewer Canadians will be living with
cognitive impairment including dementia by 2021 (a 0.2% reduction in 12-month prevalence
relative to the baseline model);
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
0.00%
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
0.20%
0.25%
0.30%
0.35%
0.40%
0.45%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* for the
Incidence Reduction Scenario- Female
Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
0.00%
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
0.20%
0.25%
0.30%
0.35%
0.40%
0.45%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* for the Incidence Reduction Scenario- Male
Incidence
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
0.00%
0.05%
0.10%
0.15%
0.20%
0.25%
0.30%
0.35%
0.40%
2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 2041
Re
du
ctio
n in
Pre
vale
nce
Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* for the Incidence Reduction Scenario
Remission
Incidence
*Cognitiveimpairment including Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 67
By reducing all cause incidence by 10%, an estimated 152,770 fewer Canadians will be living
with cognitive impairment including dementia by 2041 (a 0.4% reduction in 12-month
prevalence relative to the baseline model);
Table 21 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario
Table 22 Estimated Baseline and Reduction in Crude Prevalence of People with Dementia* for All Cause Incidence Reduction Scenario
Year
Baseline Number
of PeopleReduce Incidence
2021 1,024,536 66,167
2031 1,436,694 117,874
2041 1,808,786 152,773
2021 421,484 28,626
2031 599,173 50,426
2041 753,349 64,845
2021 603,052 37,541
2031 837,522 67,448
2041 1,055,437 87,927
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Reduction in Estimated Prevalence of Dementia* in Canada,
by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Total
Male
Female
Year
Baseline 12-Month
PrevalenceReduce Incidence
2021 2.7% 0.2%
2031 3.5% 0.3%
2041 4.2% 0.4%
2021 2.3% 0.2%
2031 3.0% 0.3%
2041 3.5% 0.3%
2021 3.2% 0.2%
2031 4.1% 0.3%
2041 4.8% 0.4%
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Reduction in Estimated Prevalence of Dementia* in Canada,
by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Total
Male
Female
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 68
2.2 ECONOMIC IMPACTS OF SCENARIOS
This section outlines the direct and indirect economic impacts of each scenario over the 30-year
simulation timeframe (from 2011 to 2041) for any mental illness. For detailed annual results and direct
costs attributable to dementia and non-dementia mental illness, please refer to Appendix B.
Figure 28 and Table 23 show the impact of each scenario on the direct health costs relative to the
baseline model for any mental illness over a 30-year timeframe in future value terms. Relative to the
baseline model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $1.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually
in direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness by 2021;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $4.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved
annually in direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness by 2021;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, over $129.5 million dollars are expected to be saved annually in direct health care costs
attributable to any mental illness by 2021; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $5.2 billion in
annual direct health care cost savings by 2021.
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $5.3 billion dollars are expected to be saved annually
in direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness by 2041;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $22.4 billion dollars are expected to be saved
annually in direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness by 2041;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, over $583.0 million dollars are expected to be saved annually in direct health care costs
attributable to any mental illness by 2041; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $28.0 billion in
annual direct health care cost savings by 2041.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 69
Figure 28 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Table 23 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Relative to the baseline model, the cumulative short-term (2011-2021) impacts in 2011 present value
dollars (Table 24) are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $4.6 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness;
$-
$5,000.0
$10,000.0
$15,000.0
$20,000.0
$25,000.0
$30,000.0
Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e (
$ M
illi
on
s)
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 1,076.1$ 4,076.3$ 129.5$ 5,235.8$
2031 2,693.2$ 10,966.9$ 304.7$ 13,815.9$
2041 5,366.7$ 22,408.5$ 583.0$ 28,011.2$
*All includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including
Dementia (Future Value Terms) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041 (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 70
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $16.9 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over $562.4 million dollars are expected to be saved in cumulative direct health care costs
attributable to any mental illness; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $22.0 billion in
cumulative direct health care cost savings.
Relative to the baseline model, the cumulative long-term (2011-2041) impacts in 2011 present value
dollars (Table 24) are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $35.2 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $141.9 billion dollars are expected to be saved
in cumulative direct health care costs attributable to any mental illness;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over $4.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved in cumulative direct health care costs
attributable to any mental illness; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $179.3 billion in
cumulative direct health care cost savings.
Table 24 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Cumulative Present Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2021 4,647.1$ 16,993.4$ 562.4$ 22,034.0$
2031 16,458.1$ 63,866.6$ 1,930.4$ 81,487.7$
2041 35,279.9$ 141,964.5$ 4,007.0$ 179,338.3$
*All includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia
(Cumulative Present Value Terms) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041 (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 71
Figure 29 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Annual Future Value Terms for each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 29 and Table 25 show the impact of each scenario on the indirect costs relative to the baseline
model for any mental illness over a 30-year timeframe in future value terms. Relative to the baseline
model, the short-term (2011-2021) impacts are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $88.6 million dollars are expected to be saved in
annual wage-based productivity costs by 2021;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $191.9 million dollars are expected to be saved
in annual wage-based productivity costs by 2021;
By reducing the economic disability by 10%, over $2.3 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
annual wage-based productivity costs by 2021;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over $25.6 million dollars are expected to be saved in annual wage-based productivity costs by
2021; and
$-
$1,000.0
$2,000.0
$3,000.0
$4,000.0
$5,000.0
$6,000.0
$7,000.0
$8,000.0
$9,000.0
$10,000.0
Reduced Disability
Increase Remission
Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e ($
Mil
lio
ns)
Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefit for All* Disorders Including
Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
All* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD, Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 72
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $2.5 billion in
annual wage-based productivity cost savings by 2021.
Relative to the baseline model, the long-term (2011-2041) impacts are expected to yield the following
results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $1.7 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
annual wage-based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $1.7 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
annual wage-based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the economic disability by 10%, over $6.7 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
annual wage-based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over $205.0 million dollars are expected to be saved in annual wage-based productivity costs by
2041; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $9.6 billion in
annual wage-based productivity cost savings by 2041.
Table 25 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Relative to the baseline model, the cumulative short-term (2011-2021) indirect impacts in 2011 present
value dollars (Table 26) are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10% over $83.3 million dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative wage-based productivity costs;
Year Reduced Disability Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,583.5$ -$ -$ -$ 1,584.6$
2021 2,377.4$ 88.6$ 191.9$ 25.6$ 2,591.8$
2031 3,735.6$ 608.7$ 580.4$ 76.0$ 4,698.4$
2041 6,786.4$ 1,735.9$ 1,715.5$ 205.0$ 9,622.3$
*All includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Estimated Total Indirect Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia (Future Value Terms) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041 (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 73
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10% over $1.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative wage-based productivity costs;
By reducing the economic disability by 10%, over $19.2 billion dollars are expected to be saved
in cumulative wage-based productivity costs;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence
by 10%, over $141.1 million dollars are expected to be saved in cumulative wage-based
productivity costs; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $20.1 billion in
cumulative wage-based productivity costs.
Relative to the baseline model, the cumulative long-term (2011-2041) indirect impacts in 2011 present
value dollars are expected to yield the following results:
By increasing remission rates by 10%, over $7.5 billion dollars are expected to be saved in wage-
based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the all cause incidence by 10%, over $8.6 billion dollars are expected to be saved in
cumulative wage-based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the economic disability by 10%, over $63.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved
in cumulative wage-based productivity costs by 2041;
By reducing the relative risk associated with a prior mental illness in childhood or adolescence,
over $1.0 billion dollars are expected to be saved in cumulative wage-based productivity costs
by 2041; and
The combination of each of the above scenarios is expected to result in over $76.1 billion in
cumulative wage-based productivity costs by 2041.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 74
Table 26 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Cumulative Present Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Reduced Disability Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,583.5$ -$ -$ -$ 1,584.6$
2021 19,260.7$ 83.3$ 1,091.8$ 141.1$ 20,157.1$
2031 38,142.7$ 2,045.9$ 3,329.4$ 439.9$ 42,357.9$
2041 63,097.3$ 7,587.2$ 8,625.2$ 1,090.8$ 76,189.1$
*All includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Estimated Total Indirect Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Including Dementia (Cumulative Present Value
Terms) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041 (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 75
3 CONCLUSIONS
3.1 GENERAL CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS
This study examined five hypothetical intervention scenarios across four target areas for mental illness
including: prevention, risk reduction, remission, and workplace disability reduction. Each scenario and
the combination of all scenarios were evaluated against the baseline model outcomes from our previous
analysis to determine the impact on 12-month prevalence, direct health care costs and indirect wage-
based productivity costs.
When compared to the baseline model from our previous study, the hypothetical scenarios resulted in a
significant reduction in 12-month prevalence, direct health care costs and indirect wage-based
productivity costs and the benefits continued to grow in the long-term. Although the benefits were
small in the short-term, the incremental impacts over the 30-year timeframe cumulatively results in a
significant long-term benefit. The combination of all intervention scenarios over the next 30 years is
expected to reduce the number of people living with mental illness in 2041 from 8.9 million to 7.9
million, a 2.3% reduction from the current prevalence in 2011. As the interventions targeted incidence
and remission rates, people in the population who were living with mental illness when interventions
began continued to do so. Over time, as fewer people become ill for the first time, or enter remission
more quickly, the proportion of the population living with mental illness decreases. The decrease in
prevalence is expected to reduce the cumulative direct health care costs by over $173.3 billion dollars (a
7.5% reduction from the base case) over the next 30 years. Furthermore, the combined impact of the
intervention scenarios is expected to significantly reduce the cumulative wage-based productivity costs
by over $76.1 billion over the next 30 years.
It is important to note that this analysis did not include specific mental health intervention programs to
illustrate how these targets could be met. Rather the interventions were hypothetical scenarios that
demonstrated the high level potential impacts relative to the baseline outcomes that could be met if a
10% improvement across each target area could be achieved. In addition, the hypothetical scenarios
may have additional benefits not taken into consideration for this analysis such as improvements in
activities of daily living, quality of life, comorbid health conditions or the burdens placed on informal
caregivers.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 76
Although the scope of this analysis did not investigate the impacts of specific evidence based
intervention, the Life at Risk Mental Illness platform has been designed for and is capable of evaluating
the potential impacts of any evidence based intervention that may be part of any future research
questions or research priority areas.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 77
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Smetanin, P., Stiff, D., Briante, C., Ahmad, S. and Khan, M. The Life and Economic Impact of Major
Mental Illnesses in Canada: 2011 to 2041. RiskAnalytica, on behalf of the Mental Health Commission of
Canada 2011.
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 78
A DETAILED LIFE AT RISK METHODOLOGY
For a detailed methodology on the Life at Risk model please refer to Smetanin et al. (2011).
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 79
B DETAILED RESULTS
B.1.1 ANY MENTAL ILLNESS
Table 27 Estimated Number of Males with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 3,178,894 3,178,894 3,178,894 3,178,894 3,178,894
2012 3,202,389 3,188,714 3,182,259 3,200,864 3,167,281
2013 3,222,682 3,196,879 3,184,846 3,219,804 3,156,692
2014 3,242,124 3,205,362 3,188,234 3,237,984 3,148,208
2015 3,262,136 3,215,330 3,193,384 3,256,789 3,142,486
2016 3,283,459 3,227,367 3,200,801 3,276,958 3,139,862
2017 3,306,397 3,241,665 3,210,673 3,298,808 3,140,415
2018 3,330,858 3,258,024 3,222,839 3,322,251 3,143,882
2019 3,356,761 3,276,278 3,237,157 3,347,212 3,150,039
2020 3,384,161 3,296,445 3,253,614 3,373,742 3,158,827
2021 3,412,906 3,318,347 3,271,997 3,401,683 3,169,997
2022 3,442,802 3,341,765 3,292,049 3,430,835 3,183,258
2023 3,473,634 3,366,458 3,313,498 3,460,973 3,198,304
2024 3,505,209 3,392,210 3,336,096 3,491,898 3,214,856
2025 3,537,340 3,418,811 3,359,610 3,523,417 3,232,651
2026 3,569,847 3,446,061 3,383,825 3,555,344 3,251,447
2027 3,602,602 3,473,814 3,408,582 3,587,547 3,271,062
2028 3,635,489 3,501,934 3,433,739 3,619,907 3,291,333
2029 3,668,389 3,530,283 3,459,160 3,652,301 3,312,101
2030 3,701,202 3,558,746 3,484,729 3,684,626 3,333,234
2031 3,733,855 3,587,236 3,510,362 3,716,810 3,354,631
2032 3,766,302 3,615,691 3,535,999 3,748,804 3,376,218
2033 3,798,502 3,644,060 3,561,589 3,780,564 3,397,929
2034 3,830,406 3,672,284 3,587,073 3,812,042 3,419,696
2035 3,861,973 3,700,312 3,612,401 3,843,196 3,441,458
2036 3,893,165 3,728,096 3,637,525 3,873,985 3,463,156
2037 3,923,937 3,755,583 3,662,394 3,904,365 3,484,731
2038 3,954,271 3,782,748 3,686,984 3,934,316 3,506,148
2039 3,984,145 3,809,560 3,711,264 3,963,815 3,527,372
2040 4,013,549 3,836,004 3,735,221 3,992,853 3,548,381
2041 4,042,493 3,862,083 3,758,857 4,021,438 3,569,170
Estimated Number of Males with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 80
Table 28 Estimated Number of Females with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 3,617,413 3,617,413 3,617,413 3,617,413 3,617,413
2012 3,652,621 3,639,861 3,631,559 3,650,982 3,617,418
2013 3,686,738 3,662,706 3,647,130 3,683,657 3,620,630
2014 3,720,824 3,686,583 3,664,398 3,716,443 3,626,793
2015 3,755,582 3,711,945 3,683,606 3,750,017 3,635,844
2016 3,791,428 3,739,050 3,704,897 3,784,778 3,647,740
2017 3,828,627 3,768,048 3,728,364 3,820,982 3,662,442
2018 3,867,285 3,798,972 3,753,986 3,858,722 3,679,841
2019 3,907,266 3,831,610 3,781,548 3,897,857 3,699,641
2020 3,948,436 3,865,782 3,810,852 3,938,247 3,721,587
2021 3,990,654 3,901,308 3,841,701 3,979,744 3,745,442
2022 4,033,806 3,938,045 3,873,935 4,022,229 3,771,007
2023 4,077,802 3,975,879 3,907,418 4,065,605 3,798,117
2024 4,122,522 4,014,665 3,941,992 4,109,746 3,826,584
2025 4,167,799 4,054,211 3,977,457 4,154,481 3,856,177
2026 4,213,519 4,094,378 4,013,667 4,199,690 3,886,724
2027 4,259,579 4,135,055 4,050,500 4,245,266 3,918,087
2028 4,305,830 4,176,082 4,087,793 4,291,059 3,950,089
2029 4,352,109 4,217,283 4,125,368 4,336,901 3,982,543
2030 4,398,248 4,258,483 4,163,052 4,382,625 4,015,263
2031 4,444,095 4,299,520 4,200,682 4,428,077 4,048,076
2032 4,489,507 4,340,244 4,238,110 4,473,113 4,080,826
2033 4,534,357 4,380,522 4,275,202 4,517,604 4,113,370
2034 4,578,535 4,420,237 4,311,841 4,561,439 4,145,585
2035 4,621,946 4,459,291 4,347,928 4,604,523 4,177,367
2036 4,664,516 4,497,602 4,383,382 4,646,781 4,208,628
2037 4,706,186 4,535,110 4,418,137 4,688,151 4,239,299
2038 4,746,916 4,571,772 4,452,150 4,728,595 4,269,333
2039 4,786,687 4,607,566 4,485,392 4,768,092 4,298,698
2040 4,825,490 4,642,480 4,517,851 4,806,633 4,327,378
2041 4,863,338 4,676,526 4,549,531 4,844,229 4,355,374
Estimated Number of Females with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 81
Table 29 Estimated Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 6,796,306 6,796,306 6,796,306 6,796,306 6,796,306
2012 6,855,010 6,828,575 6,813,818 6,851,846 6,784,699
2013 6,909,420 6,859,584 6,831,976 6,903,461 6,777,322
2014 6,962,947 6,891,945 6,852,631 6,954,427 6,775,002
2015 7,017,718 6,927,275 6,876,990 7,006,806 6,778,330
2016 7,074,886 6,966,417 6,905,699 7,061,737 6,787,602
2017 7,135,024 7,009,714 6,939,037 7,119,789 6,802,857
2018 7,198,144 7,056,996 6,976,825 7,180,973 6,823,723
2019 7,264,027 7,107,888 7,018,705 7,245,069 6,849,680
2020 7,332,597 7,162,227 7,064,465 7,311,989 6,880,414
2021 7,403,560 7,219,655 7,113,697 7,381,427 6,915,439
2022 7,476,608 7,279,810 7,165,984 7,453,064 6,954,265
2023 7,551,437 7,342,337 7,220,916 7,526,578 6,996,421
2024 7,627,731 7,406,875 7,278,087 7,601,644 7,041,440
2025 7,705,139 7,473,022 7,337,067 7,677,898 7,088,827
2026 7,783,365 7,540,439 7,397,493 7,755,034 7,138,171
2027 7,862,180 7,608,869 7,459,082 7,832,813 7,189,149
2028 7,941,319 7,678,015 7,521,533 7,910,966 7,241,422
2029 8,020,498 7,747,566 7,584,528 7,989,202 7,294,644
2030 8,099,450 7,817,229 7,647,781 8,067,252 7,348,496
2031 8,177,950 7,886,756 7,711,044 8,144,888 7,402,707
2032 8,255,809 7,955,935 7,774,109 8,221,917 7,457,043
2033 8,332,858 8,024,582 7,836,790 8,298,168 7,511,298
2034 8,408,941 8,092,521 7,898,914 8,373,481 7,565,282
2035 8,483,920 8,159,603 7,960,329 8,447,719 7,618,825
2036 8,557,681 8,225,698 8,020,906 8,520,766 7,671,784
2037 8,630,123 8,290,693 8,080,531 8,592,515 7,724,030
2038 8,701,187 8,354,520 8,139,133 8,662,911 7,775,481
2039 8,770,831 8,417,125 8,196,657 8,731,907 7,826,070
2040 8,839,039 8,478,484 8,253,072 8,799,486 7,875,759
2041 8,905,831 8,538,609 8,308,388 8,865,668 7,924,544
Scenario
Estimated Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 82
Table 30 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 13,675 20,131 1,526 35,108
2013 25,803 37,836 2,878 65,990
2014 36,762 53,890 4,140 93,915
2015 46,806 68,752 5,347 119,649
2016 56,092 82,657 6,500 143,597
2017 64,732 95,724 7,590 165,982
2018 72,834 108,020 8,607 186,976
2019 80,484 119,604 9,549 206,723
2020 87,716 130,547 10,419 225,334
2021 94,559 140,909 11,223 242,909
2022 101,037 150,753 11,968 259,544
2023 107,177 160,137 12,661 275,330
2024 112,999 169,113 13,311 290,353
2025 118,529 177,730 13,923 304,689
2026 123,785 186,021 14,502 318,400
2027 128,788 194,020 15,054 331,539
2028 133,556 201,750 15,582 344,156
2029 138,106 209,229 16,088 356,288
2030 142,456 216,473 16,575 367,968
2031 146,619 223,493 17,045 379,224
2032 150,611 230,303 17,498 390,085
2033 154,442 236,913 17,938 400,573
2034 158,122 243,333 18,364 410,710
2035 161,661 249,572 18,778 420,515
2036 165,069 255,640 19,180 430,009
2037 168,354 261,543 19,572 439,206
2038 171,523 267,288 19,955 448,123
2039 174,585 272,881 20,330 456,772
2040 177,545 278,328 20,696 465,168
2041 180,410 283,636 21,054 473,323
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Any* Mental Illness (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 83
Table 31 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 12,759 21,062 1,638 35,202
2013 24,032 39,608 3,081 66,107
2014 34,240 56,426 4,380 94,030
2015 43,637 71,977 5,565 119,738
2016 52,378 86,531 6,649 143,687
2017 60,579 100,263 7,646 166,185
2018 68,314 113,299 8,564 187,444
2019 75,655 125,718 9,409 207,625
2020 82,654 137,585 10,189 226,849
2021 89,347 148,954 10,910 245,212
2022 95,761 159,872 11,577 262,799
2023 101,923 170,384 12,197 279,685
2024 107,857 180,530 12,776 295,938
2025 113,588 190,343 13,318 311,622
2026 119,141 199,851 13,829 326,795
2027 124,523 209,078 14,313 341,492
2028 129,749 218,037 14,772 355,741
2029 134,826 226,741 15,208 369,566
2030 139,766 235,196 15,623 382,986
2031 144,575 243,413 16,018 396,019
2032 149,262 251,397 16,394 408,681
2033 153,835 259,155 16,753 420,987
2034 158,298 266,694 17,096 432,949
2035 162,656 274,018 17,423 444,579
2036 166,914 281,135 17,736 455,889
2037 171,076 288,049 18,035 466,887
2038 175,144 294,766 18,321 477,583
2039 179,121 301,294 18,595 487,989
2040 183,010 307,639 18,858 498,113
2041 186,813 313,807 19,109 507,964
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Any* Mental Illness (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 84
Table 32 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any Mental Illness (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 26,434 41,192 3,164 70,311
2013 49,835 77,444 5,958 132,097
2014 71,002 110,316 8,520 187,945
2015 90,442 140,728 10,912 239,388
2016 108,470 169,188 13,149 287,284
2017 125,311 195,987 15,235 332,168
2018 141,148 221,319 17,171 374,420
2019 156,139 245,322 18,958 414,348
2020 170,370 268,132 20,608 452,183
2021 183,905 289,863 22,133 488,122
2022 196,798 310,625 23,545 522,343
2023 209,099 330,521 24,858 555,015
2024 220,856 349,643 26,087 586,291
2025 232,117 368,072 27,241 616,312
2026 242,926 385,873 28,332 645,195
2027 253,311 403,098 29,367 673,031
2028 263,304 419,787 30,354 699,897
2029 272,933 435,970 31,296 725,854
2030 282,222 451,669 32,198 750,954
2031 291,195 466,907 33,063 775,243
2032 299,874 481,700 33,892 798,766
2033 308,277 496,068 34,691 821,560
2034 316,420 510,027 35,459 843,659
2035 324,317 523,591 36,200 865,095
2036 331,983 536,775 36,916 885,897
2037 339,430 549,591 37,607 906,093
2038 346,667 562,054 38,276 925,706
2039 353,706 574,175 38,924 944,761
2040 360,555 585,967 39,553 963,280
2041 367,222 597,443 40,163 981,287
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Any* Mental Illness (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 85
Table 33 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 0.08% 0.12% 0.01% 0.20%
2013 0.15% 0.22% 0.02% 0.38%
2014 0.21% 0.31% 0.02% 0.54%
2015 0.26% 0.39% 0.03% 0.68%
2016 0.31% 0.46% 0.04% 0.81%
2017 0.36% 0.53% 0.04% 0.92%
2018 0.40% 0.60% 0.05% 1.03%
2019 0.44% 0.65% 0.05% 1.13%
2020 0.48% 0.71% 0.06% 1.22%
2021 0.51% 0.76% 0.06% 1.31%
2022 0.54% 0.80% 0.06% 1.38%
2023 0.57% 0.85% 0.07% 1.46%
2024 0.59% 0.89% 0.07% 1.52%
2025 0.62% 0.93% 0.07% 1.59%
2026 0.64% 0.96% 0.08% 1.65%
2027 0.66% 1.00% 0.08% 1.70%
2028 0.68% 1.03% 0.08% 1.75%
2029 0.70% 1.06% 0.08% 1.80%
2030 0.72% 1.09% 0.08% 1.85%
2031 0.73% 1.12% 0.09% 1.89%
2032 0.75% 1.14% 0.09% 1.93%
2033 0.76% 1.17% 0.09% 1.97%
2034 0.77% 1.19% 0.09% 2.01%
2035 0.79% 1.21% 0.09% 2.04%
2036 0.80% 1.24% 0.09% 2.08%
2037 0.81% 1.26% 0.09% 2.11%
2038 0.82% 1.28% 0.10% 2.14%
2039 0.83% 1.30% 0.10% 2.17%
2040 0.84% 1.31% 0.10% 2.19%
2041 0.85% 1.33% 0.10% 2.22%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness in Males in Canada, by Scenario,
2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 86
Table 34 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 0.07% 0.12% 0.01% 0.20%
2013 0.14% 0.22% 0.02% 0.37%
2014 0.19% 0.32% 0.02% 0.53%
2015 0.24% 0.40% 0.03% 0.67%
2016 0.29% 0.48% 0.04% 0.79%
2017 0.33% 0.55% 0.04% 0.91%
2018 0.37% 0.61% 0.05% 1.01%
2019 0.41% 0.67% 0.05% 1.11%
2020 0.44% 0.73% 0.05% 1.21%
2021 0.47% 0.79% 0.06% 1.29%
2022 0.50% 0.84% 0.06% 1.38%
2023 0.53% 0.88% 0.06% 1.45%
2024 0.56% 0.93% 0.07% 1.52%
2025 0.58% 0.97% 0.07% 1.59%
2026 0.60% 1.01% 0.07% 1.66%
2027 0.63% 1.05% 0.07% 1.72%
2028 0.65% 1.09% 0.07% 1.78%
2029 0.67% 1.12% 0.08% 1.83%
2030 0.69% 1.16% 0.08% 1.88%
2031 0.71% 1.19% 0.08% 1.93%
2032 0.72% 1.22% 0.08% 1.98%
2033 0.74% 1.25% 0.08% 2.03%
2034 0.76% 1.28% 0.08% 2.07%
2035 0.77% 1.30% 0.08% 2.11%
2036 0.79% 1.33% 0.08% 2.15%
2037 0.80% 1.35% 0.08% 2.19%
2038 0.82% 1.38% 0.09% 2.23%
2039 0.83% 1.40% 0.09% 2.26%
2040 0.84% 1.42% 0.09% 2.30%
2041 0.86% 1.44% 0.09% 2.33%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness in Females in Canada, by Scenario,
2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 87
Table 35 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Any Mental Illness in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 0.08% 0.12% 0.01% 0.20%
2013 0.14% 0.22% 0.02% 0.38%
2014 0.20% 0.31% 0.02% 0.53%
2015 0.25% 0.39% 0.03% 0.67%
2016 0.30% 0.47% 0.04% 0.80%
2017 0.35% 0.54% 0.04% 0.92%
2018 0.39% 0.60% 0.05% 1.02%
2019 0.42% 0.66% 0.05% 1.12%
2020 0.46% 0.72% 0.06% 1.21%
2021 0.49% 0.77% 0.06% 1.30%
2022 0.52% 0.82% 0.06% 1.38%
2023 0.55% 0.87% 0.07% 1.45%
2024 0.57% 0.91% 0.07% 1.52%
2025 0.60% 0.95% 0.07% 1.59%
2026 0.62% 0.99% 0.07% 1.65%
2027 0.64% 1.02% 0.07% 1.71%
2028 0.66% 1.06% 0.08% 1.77%
2029 0.68% 1.09% 0.08% 1.82%
2030 0.70% 1.12% 0.08% 1.87%
2031 0.72% 1.15% 0.08% 1.91%
2032 0.74% 1.18% 0.08% 1.96%
2033 0.75% 1.21% 0.08% 2.00%
2034 0.77% 1.23% 0.09% 2.04%
2035 0.78% 1.26% 0.09% 2.08%
2036 0.79% 1.28% 0.09% 2.12%
2037 0.81% 1.31% 0.09% 2.15%
2038 0.82% 1.33% 0.09% 2.18%
2039 0.83% 1.35% 0.09% 2.22%
2040 0.84% 1.37% 0.09% 2.25%
2041 0.85% 1.39% 0.09% 2.28%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Any* Mental Illness in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 88
B.1.2 ADHD
Table 36 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 147,956 147,956 147,956 147,956 147,956
2012 147,125 146,208 145,329 147,072 144,369
2013 146,357 144,907 142,884 146,268 141,370
2014 145,772 143,984 140,680 145,661 138,827
2015 145,499 143,460 138,839 145,382 136,748
2016 145,724 143,473 137,552 145,605 135,273
2017 146,490 144,056 136,902 146,369 134,468
2018 147,745 145,152 136,887 147,623 134,324
2019 149,394 146,665 137,443 149,272 134,776
2020 151,320 148,475 138,463 151,196 135,710
2021 153,399 150,456 139,814 153,273 136,991
2022 155,517 152,492 141,359 155,388 138,476
2023 157,578 154,483 142,975 157,448 140,039
2024 159,511 156,356 144,565 159,379 141,581
2025 161,272 158,064 146,058 161,138 143,031
2026 162,838 159,584 147,415 162,702 144,349
2027 164,208 160,914 148,619 164,070 145,518
2028 165,395 162,067 149,672 165,255 146,541
2029 166,422 163,065 150,590 166,281 147,433
2030 167,316 163,934 151,393 167,174 148,213
2031 168,107 164,704 152,106 167,964 148,906
2032 168,821 165,400 152,750 168,677 149,534
2033 169,481 166,044 153,348 169,337 150,116
2034 170,108 166,656 153,914 169,963 150,669
2035 170,715 167,250 154,464 170,569 151,207
2036 171,313 167,836 155,006 171,167 151,737
2037 171,910 168,421 155,547 171,764 152,267
2038 172,511 169,010 156,092 172,365 152,801
2039 173,118 169,606 156,643 172,972 153,341
2040 173,734 170,210 157,200 173,587 153,888
2041 174,359 170,823 157,767 174,211 154,443
Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 89
Table 37 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 22,045 22,045 22,045 22,045 22,045
2012 21,913 21,781 21,646 21,903 21,506
2013 21,786 21,576 21,264 21,769 21,042
2014 21,690 21,430 20,920 21,669 20,647
2015 21,649 21,355 20,637 21,626 20,329
2016 21,681 21,356 20,433 21,657 20,098
2017 21,791 21,440 20,320 21,766 19,963
2018 21,971 21,597 20,299 21,945 19,924
2019 22,208 21,814 20,362 22,182 19,972
2020 22,486 22,075 20,495 22,460 20,093
2021 22,786 22,362 20,679 22,760 20,266
2022 23,093 22,657 20,893 23,067 20,472
2023 23,393 22,946 21,121 23,366 20,692
2024 23,674 23,219 21,347 23,647 20,911
2025 23,931 23,468 21,560 23,903 21,119
2026 24,159 23,690 21,756 24,131 21,309
2027 24,360 23,885 21,930 24,331 21,478
2028 24,533 24,054 22,083 24,505 21,626
2029 24,684 24,200 22,216 24,655 21,756
2030 24,816 24,328 22,333 24,786 21,870
2031 24,932 24,442 22,438 24,903 21,971
2032 25,038 24,544 22,532 25,008 22,064
2033 25,135 24,640 22,620 25,106 22,149
2034 25,228 24,731 22,704 25,199 22,231
2035 25,318 24,819 22,785 25,289 22,310
2036 25,407 24,906 22,865 25,377 22,389
2037 25,496 24,993 22,945 25,466 22,467
2038 25,586 25,081 23,026 25,556 22,546
2039 25,676 25,170 23,108 25,646 22,626
2040 25,768 25,260 23,190 25,738 22,707
2041 25,861 25,351 23,274 25,831 22,790
Scenario
Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 90
Table 38 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 170,001 170,001 170,001 170,001 170,001
2012 169,038 167,989 166,976 168,975 165,875
2013 168,144 166,483 164,148 168,037 162,411
2014 167,461 165,414 161,600 167,330 159,474
2015 167,148 164,815 159,476 167,008 157,077
2016 167,406 164,830 157,986 167,263 155,371
2017 168,280 165,496 157,222 168,135 154,431
2018 169,716 166,749 157,186 169,569 154,248
2019 171,602 168,479 157,805 171,454 154,748
2020 173,806 170,550 158,958 173,656 155,803
2021 176,185 172,818 160,492 176,033 157,257
2022 178,610 175,149 162,252 178,455 158,948
2023 180,970 177,429 164,096 180,813 160,731
2024 183,185 179,575 165,911 183,026 162,492
2025 185,203 181,532 167,618 185,040 164,150
2026 186,997 183,274 169,170 186,833 165,657
2027 188,568 184,799 170,548 188,401 166,996
2028 189,928 186,121 171,755 189,760 168,167
2029 191,106 187,265 172,806 190,936 169,189
2030 192,132 188,262 173,727 191,961 170,083
2031 193,039 189,145 174,543 192,867 170,877
2032 193,858 189,944 175,283 193,685 171,597
2033 194,617 190,684 175,968 194,443 172,265
2034 195,336 191,387 176,618 195,161 172,900
2035 196,033 192,069 177,249 195,858 173,517
2036 196,720 192,742 177,871 196,545 174,126
2037 197,406 193,414 178,493 197,230 174,735
2038 198,097 194,091 179,118 197,920 175,347
2039 198,795 194,776 179,750 198,618 175,967
2040 199,502 195,470 180,391 199,324 176,595
2041 200,220 196,174 181,041 200,042 177,232
Scenario
Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 91
Table 39 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 917 1,796 54 2,756
2013 1,451 3,473 89 4,987
2014 1,788 5,092 110 6,945
2015 2,039 6,660 117 8,751
2016 2,251 8,172 119 10,451
2017 2,434 9,588 121 12,022
2018 2,593 10,858 122 13,421
2019 2,729 11,952 123 14,619
2020 2,845 12,858 124 15,610
2021 2,942 13,585 126 16,408
2022 3,025 14,158 128 17,041
2023 3,095 14,602 130 17,539
2024 3,155 14,947 132 17,931
2025 3,208 15,214 135 18,241
2026 3,254 15,424 137 18,489
2027 3,294 15,589 138 18,690
2028 3,328 15,723 140 18,854
2029 3,357 15,832 141 18,989
2030 3,382 15,923 142 19,103
2031 3,403 16,001 143 19,201
2032 3,421 16,070 144 19,287
2033 3,437 16,134 144 19,365
2034 3,452 16,193 145 19,438
2035 3,465 16,250 145 19,508
2036 3,477 16,307 146 19,576
2037 3,489 16,363 146 19,643
2038 3,501 16,419 146 19,710
2039 3,512 16,476 147 19,778
2040 3,524 16,533 147 19,846
2041 3,536 16,592 148 19,916
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 92
Table 40 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 132 267 - 408
2013 210 522 - 745
2014 259 769 - 1,042
2015 295 1,012 - 1,320
2016 325 1,248 - 1,583
2017 351 1,470 - 1,828
2018 374 1,671 - 2,047
2019 394 1,845 - 2,236
2020 410 1,990 - 2,393
2021 424 2,108 - 2,520
2022 436 2,200 - 2,621
2023 447 2,272 - 2,700
2024 455 2,327 - 2,763
2025 463 2,370 - 2,812
2026 469 2,404 - 2,851
2027 475 2,430 - 2,882
2028 480 2,451 - 2,907
2029 484 2,468 - 2,928
2030 488 2,482 - 2,946
2031 491 2,494 - 2,961
2032 493 2,505 - 2,974
2033 496 2,515 - 2,986
2034 498 2,524 - 2,997
2035 500 2,533 - 3,008
2036 501 2,542 - 3,019
2037 503 2,551 - 3,029
2038 505 2,560 - 3,039
2039 507 2,569 - 3,050
2040 508 2,578 - 3,061
2041 510 2,587 - 3,071
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Aged 9 to 19 Years Females with ADHD
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 93
Table 41 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 1,049 2,063 64 3,163
2013 1,661 3,995 106 5,732
2014 2,047 5,861 131 7,987
2015 2,334 7,673 140 10,071
2016 2,576 9,420 143 12,035
2017 2,785 11,058 145 13,849
2018 2,967 12,530 147 15,467
2019 3,123 13,797 148 16,854
2020 3,256 14,848 150 18,003
2021 3,367 15,693 152 18,929
2022 3,461 16,358 154 19,662
2023 3,541 16,874 157 20,239
2024 3,611 17,274 160 20,693
2025 3,671 17,584 162 21,053
2026 3,723 17,827 165 21,340
2027 3,769 18,019 167 21,572
2028 3,808 18,174 169 21,761
2029 3,841 18,300 170 21,917
2030 3,869 18,405 171 22,049
2031 3,894 18,496 172 22,162
2032 3,915 18,576 173 22,261
2033 3,933 18,649 174 22,351
2034 3,949 18,718 174 22,436
2035 3,964 18,784 175 22,516
2036 3,978 18,849 176 22,594
2037 3,992 18,914 176 22,672
2038 4,006 18,979 176 22,749
2039 4,019 19,045 177 22,828
2040 4,032 19,111 177 22,907
2041 4,046 19,179 178 22,987
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ADHD
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 94
Table 42 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.07% 0.22% 0.00% 0.30%
2013 0.12% 0.41% 0.01% 0.53%
2014 0.15% 0.56% 0.01% 0.71%
2015 0.17% 0.70% 0.01% 0.87%
2016 0.19% 0.81% 0.01% 1.00%
2017 0.20% 0.91% 0.01% 1.11%
2018 0.21% 1.00% 0.01% 1.21%
2019 0.22% 1.07% 0.01% 1.28%
2020 0.23% 1.12% 0.01% 1.34%
2021 0.23% 1.16% 0.01% 1.38%
2022 0.23% 1.19% 0.01% 1.41%
2023 0.23% 1.21% 0.01% 1.43%
2024 0.24% 1.22% 0.01% 1.44%
2025 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.45%
2026 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.45%
2027 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.45%
2028 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2029 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2030 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2031 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2032 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2033 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2034 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2035 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2036 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2037 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2038 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2039 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2040 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
2041 0.24% 1.23% 0.01% 1.46%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 95
Table 43 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.01% 0.03% 0.00% 0.05%
2013 0.02% 0.06% 0.00% 0.08%
2014 0.02% 0.09% 0.00% 0.11%
2015 0.03% 0.11% 0.00% 0.14%
2016 0.03% 0.13% 0.00% 0.16%
2017 0.03% 0.15% 0.00% 0.18%
2018 0.03% 0.16% 0.00% 0.19%
2019 0.03% 0.17% 0.00% 0.21%
2020 0.03% 0.18% 0.00% 0.22%
2021 0.03% 0.19% 0.00% 0.22%
2022 0.04% 0.19% 0.00% 0.23%
2023 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.23%
2024 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.23%
2025 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.23%
2026 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2027 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2028 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2029 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2030 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2031 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2032 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2033 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2034 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2035 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2036 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2037 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2038 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2039 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2040 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
2041 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.24%
Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 96
Table 44 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.13% 0.00% 0.17%
2013 0.00% 0.24% 0.00% 0.31%
2014 0.09% 0.33% 0.00% 0.42%
2015 0.10% 0.41% 0.00% 0.51%
2016 0.11% 0.48% 0.01% 0.59%
2017 0.12% 0.54% 0.01% 0.66%
2018 0.12% 0.59% 0.01% 0.71%
2019 0.13% 0.63% 0.01% 0.76%
2020 0.13% 0.66% 0.01% 0.79%
2021 0.13% 0.69% 0.01% 0.82%
2022 0.14% 0.70% 0.01% 0.83%
2023 0.14% 0.72% 0.01% 0.85%
2024 0.14% 0.72% 0.01% 0.85%
2025 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2026 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2027 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2028 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2029 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2030 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2031 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2032 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2033 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2034 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2035 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2036 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2037 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2038 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2039 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2040 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
2041 0.14% 0.73% 0.01% 0.86%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ADHD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 97
B.1.3 ODD
Table 45 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 47,674 47,674 47,674 47,674 47,674
2012 47,250 46,906 46,676 47,250 46,334
2013 46,857 46,301 45,733 46,857 45,182
2014 46,587 45,890 44,923 46,587 44,238
2015 46,486 45,684 44,292 46,485 43,510
2016 46,573 45,686 43,868 46,571 43,010
2017 46,842 45,884 43,661 46,839 42,743
2018 47,270 46,252 43,665 47,266 42,699
2019 47,821 46,752 43,852 47,816 42,849
2020 48,452 47,342 44,185 48,447 43,152
2021 49,123 47,979 44,618 49,118 43,561
2022 49,797 48,623 45,106 49,792 44,029
2023 50,446 49,246 45,612 50,441 44,515
2024 51,048 49,826 46,103 51,043 44,990
2025 51,592 50,351 46,562 51,586 45,434
2026 52,073 50,814 46,977 52,067 45,834
2027 52,492 51,219 47,344 52,487 46,189
2028 52,856 51,569 47,665 52,850 46,499
2029 53,170 51,873 47,946 53,165 46,770
2030 53,446 52,139 48,192 53,440 47,008
2031 53,691 52,376 48,412 53,685 47,221
2032 53,914 52,592 48,613 53,908 47,415
2033 54,122 52,793 48,800 54,116 47,597
2034 54,320 52,986 48,979 54,314 47,771
2035 54,513 53,174 49,153 54,507 47,940
2036 54,704 53,360 49,325 54,698 48,108
2037 54,895 53,547 49,498 54,889 48,277
2038 55,087 53,734 49,672 55,081 48,446
2039 55,282 53,924 49,847 55,276 48,618
2040 55,479 54,117 50,025 55,473 48,792
2041 55,679 54,312 50,206 55,673 48,968
Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 98
Table 46 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 36,427 36,427 36,427 36,427 36,427
2012 36,104 35,843 35,667 36,104 35,407
2013 35,803 35,381 34,945 35,803 34,529
2014 35,592 35,065 34,323 35,592 33,806
2015 35,507 34,903 33,833 35,507 33,245
2016 35,562 34,895 33,499 35,562 32,855
2017 35,755 35,035 33,328 35,755 32,640
2018 36,067 35,302 33,315 36,066 32,592
2019 36,471 35,670 33,442 36,471 32,692
2020 36,937 36,105 33,680 36,937 32,909
2021 37,434 36,576 33,996 37,434 33,207
2022 37,935 37,055 34,355 37,934 33,551
2023 38,417 37,518 34,728 38,416 33,911
2024 38,865 37,950 35,093 38,865 34,263
2025 39,271 38,341 35,435 39,270 34,594
2026 39,630 38,688 35,744 39,629 34,893
2027 39,943 38,990 36,018 39,943 35,158
2028 40,215 39,253 36,259 40,215 35,390
2029 40,452 39,481 36,469 40,451 35,594
2030 40,659 39,681 36,655 40,659 35,773
2031 40,844 39,860 36,821 40,844 35,934
2032 41,012 40,023 36,973 41,012 36,081
2033 41,170 40,176 37,115 41,170 36,219
2034 41,321 40,323 37,251 41,321 36,351
2035 41,468 40,466 37,383 41,468 36,480
2036 41,614 40,608 37,515 41,613 36,609
2037 41,759 40,751 37,647 41,759 36,737
2038 41,906 40,894 37,779 41,906 36,867
2039 42,055 41,040 37,914 42,055 36,998
2040 42,206 41,187 38,050 42,206 37,131
2041 42,359 41,336 38,188 42,358 37,266
Scenario
Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 99
Table 47 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 84,101 84,101 84,101 84,101 84,101
2012 83,354 82,749 82,343 83,354 81,741
2013 82,660 81,682 80,678 82,660 79,711
2014 82,179 80,955 79,246 82,179 78,044
2015 81,993 80,587 78,125 81,992 76,754
2016 82,135 80,581 77,366 82,133 75,864
2017 82,597 80,918 76,989 82,594 75,383
2018 83,337 81,554 76,980 83,333 75,291
2019 84,292 82,422 77,295 84,287 75,541
2020 85,389 83,448 77,866 85,384 76,061
2021 86,557 84,555 78,614 86,552 76,768
2022 87,732 85,678 79,461 87,727 77,579
2023 88,863 86,765 80,340 88,857 78,426
2024 89,913 87,776 81,197 89,907 79,254
2025 90,863 88,692 81,997 90,857 80,027
2026 91,703 89,502 82,721 91,697 80,727
2027 92,436 90,209 83,362 92,430 81,347
2028 93,071 90,822 83,924 93,065 81,889
2029 93,622 91,354 84,415 93,616 82,363
2030 94,105 91,820 84,847 94,099 82,781
2031 94,535 92,236 85,233 94,529 83,155
2032 94,926 92,615 85,586 94,920 83,496
2033 95,292 92,970 85,915 95,285 83,816
2034 95,641 93,309 86,230 95,634 84,122
2035 95,981 93,640 86,536 95,975 84,421
2036 96,317 93,969 86,840 96,311 84,717
2037 96,654 94,297 87,144 96,648 85,014
2038 96,993 94,629 87,451 96,987 85,313
2039 97,337 94,964 87,761 97,330 85,616
2040 97,684 95,304 88,075 97,678 85,923
2041 98,037 95,648 88,393 98,031 86,234
Scenario
Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 100
Table 48 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 344 574 - 917
2013 557 1,125 - 1,675
2014 698 1,665 - 2,350
2015 802 2,194 - 2,977
2016 887 2,705 - 3,563
2017 958 3,181 - 4,099
2018 1,018 3,605 - 4,571
2019 1,068 3,968 - 4,971
2020 1,110 4,267 - 5,300
2021 1,144 4,505 - 5,562
2022 1,174 4,691 - 5,769
2023 1,200 4,834 - 5,931
2024 1,222 4,945 - 6,058
2025 1,241 5,030 - 6,158
2026 1,259 5,096 - 6,239
2027 1,274 5,148 - 6,304
2028 1,287 5,190 - 6,357
2029 1,298 5,225 - 6,401
2030 1,307 5,254 - 6,438
2031 1,315 5,279 - 6,470
2032 1,322 5,301 - 6,499
2033 1,328 5,322 - 6,525
2034 1,334 5,341 - 6,549
2035 1,339 5,360 - 6,573
2036 1,344 5,378 - 6,595
2037 1,348 5,397 - 6,618
2038 1,353 5,416 - 6,641
2039 1,357 5,434 - 6,664
2040 1,362 5,453 - 6,687
2041 1,367 5,473 - 6,710
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 101
Table 49 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 261 437 - 697
2013 421 857 - 1,274
2014 527 1,269 - 1,786
2015 604 1,674 - 2,262
2016 667 2,064 - 2,708
2017 720 2,427 - 3,115
2018 764 2,752 - 3,474
2019 801 3,029 - 3,779
2020 832 3,257 - 4,028
2021 858 3,438 - 4,228
2022 880 3,580 - 4,384
2023 898 3,689 - 4,506
2024 915 3,772 - 4,602
2025 929 3,836 - 4,677
2026 942 3,886 - 4,737
2027 953 3,925 - 4,785
2028 963 3,956 - 4,825
2029 971 3,982 - 4,858
2030 978 4,004 - 4,886
2031 984 4,023 - 4,910
2032 989 4,040 - 4,932
2033 994 4,055 - 4,951
2034 998 4,070 - 4,970
2035 1,002 4,084 - 4,987
2036 1,005 4,099 - 5,005
2037 1,009 4,113 - 5,022
2038 1,012 4,127 - 5,040
2039 1,015 4,141 - 5,057
2040 1,019 4,156 - 5,075
2041 1,022 4,171 - 5,093
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 102
Table 50 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 606 1,011 - 1,613
2013 978 1,982 - 2,949
2014 1,224 2,934 - 4,136
2015 1,407 3,868 - 5,239
2016 1,555 4,769 - 6,271
2017 1,678 5,608 - 7,214
2018 1,783 6,357 - 8,045
2019 1,869 6,997 - 8,750
2020 1,942 7,524 - 9,328
2021 2,002 7,943 - 9,790
2022 2,054 8,271 - 10,153
2023 2,098 8,523 - 10,437
2024 2,137 8,717 - 10,659
2025 2,171 8,866 - 10,835
2026 2,201 8,982 - 10,976
2027 2,227 9,073 - 11,089
2028 2,249 9,147 - 11,182
2029 2,269 9,207 - 11,259
2030 2,285 9,258 - 11,324
2031 2,299 9,302 - 11,380
2032 2,311 9,341 - 11,430
2033 2,322 9,377 - 11,476
2034 2,331 9,411 - 11,519
2035 2,340 9,444 - 11,560
2036 2,349 9,477 - 11,600
2037 2,357 9,510 - 11,640
2038 2,365 9,543 - 11,680
2039 2,373 9,576 - 11,721
2040 2,381 9,609 - 11,762
2041 2,389 9,644 - 11,803
Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with ODD (12-
Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 103
Table 51 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.03% 0.07% 0.00% 0.10%
2013 0.05% 0.14% 0.00% 0.18%
2014 0.06% 0.19% 0.00% 0.25%
2015 0.07% 0.23% 0.00% 0.30%
2016 0.07% 0.27% 0.00% 0.34%
2017 0.08% 0.31% 0.00% 0.38%
2018 0.08% 0.34% 0.00% 0.41%
2019 0.09% 0.36% 0.00% 0.44%
2020 0.09% 0.38% 0.00% 0.46%
2021 0.09% 0.39% 0.00% 0.47%
2022 0.09% 0.40% 0.00% 0.48%
2023 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.49%
2024 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.49%
2025 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.49%
2026 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2027 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2028 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2029 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2030 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2031 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2032 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2033 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2034 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2035 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2036 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2037 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2038 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2039 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2040 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
2041 0.09% 0.41% 0.00% 0.50%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario,
2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 104
Table 52 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.02% 0.06% 0.00% 0.08%
2013 0.04% 0.11% 0.00% 0.14%
2014 0.05% 0.15% 0.00% 0.20%
2015 0.05% 0.19% 0.00% 0.24%
2016 0.06% 0.22% 0.00% 0.28%
2017 0.06% 0.25% 0.00% 0.31%
2018 0.06% 0.27% 0.00% 0.33%
2019 0.07% 0.29% 0.00% 0.35%
2020 0.07% 0.30% 0.00% 0.37%
2021 0.07% 0.31% 0.00% 0.38%
2022 0.07% 0.32% 0.00% 0.39%
2023 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.39%
2024 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.39%
2025 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2026 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2027 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2028 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2029 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2030 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2031 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2032 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2033 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2034 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2035 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2036 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2037 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2038 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2039 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2040 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2041 0.07% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 105
Table 53 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.03% 0.07% 0.00% 0.09%
2013 0.04% 0.12% 0.00% 0.16%
2014 0.05% 0.17% 0.00% 0.22%
2015 0.06% 0.21% 0.00% 0.27%
2016 0.07% 0.25% 0.00% 0.31%
2017 0.07% 0.28% 0.00% 0.35%
2018 0.07% 0.31% 0.00% 0.37%
2019 0.08% 0.33% 0.00% 0.40%
2020 0.08% 0.34% 0.00% 0.41%
2021 0.08% 0.35% 0.00% 0.43%
2022 0.08% 0.36% 0.00% 0.44%
2023 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2024 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2025 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2026 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2027 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2028 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2029 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2030 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2031 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2032 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2033 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2034 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2035 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2036 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2037 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2038 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2039 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2040 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
2041 0.08% 0.37% 0.00% 0.45%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of ODD in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada, by Scenario,
2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 106
B.1.4 CONDUCT DISORDER
Table 54 Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 60,061 60,061 60,061 60,061 60,061
2012 59,680 59,294 58,946 59,667 58,550
2013 59,335 58,727 57,903 59,313 57,283
2014 59,054 58,310 56,950 59,027 56,195
2015 58,933 58,089 56,171 58,904 55,324
2016 59,026 58,101 55,629 58,995 54,710
2017 59,337 58,342 55,346 59,305 54,367
2018 59,846 58,790 55,321 59,814 54,293
2019 60,516 59,405 55,531 60,483 54,461
2020 61,299 60,141 55,931 61,265 54,828
2021 62,143 60,946 56,468 62,109 55,337
2022 63,002 61,772 57,086 62,967 55,930
2023 63,838 62,580 57,733 63,802 56,557
2024 64,621 63,338 58,370 64,585 57,175
2025 65,333 64,029 58,970 65,296 57,758
2026 65,966 64,644 59,514 65,929 58,287
2027 66,520 65,181 59,998 66,482 58,757
2028 66,999 65,647 60,421 66,961 59,168
2029 67,414 66,050 60,790 67,375 59,526
2030 67,775 66,401 61,113 67,736 59,840
2031 68,095 66,712 61,400 68,055 60,119
2032 68,383 66,993 61,659 68,344 60,372
2033 68,650 67,253 61,900 68,611 60,607
2034 68,904 67,501 62,129 68,864 60,830
2035 69,149 67,741 62,350 69,109 61,047
2036 69,392 67,978 62,569 69,352 61,261
2037 69,633 68,216 62,787 69,593 61,475
2038 69,877 68,454 63,007 69,837 61,690
2039 70,123 68,695 63,230 70,083 61,908
2040 70,372 68,940 63,455 70,332 62,129
2041 70,625 69,188 63,683 70,585 62,353
Estimated Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 107
Table 55 Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 24,716 24,716 24,716 24,716 24,716
2012 24,561 24,406 24,258 24,554 24,097
2013 24,418 24,174 23,829 24,406 23,577
2014 24,315 24,016 23,446 24,301 23,140
2015 24,270 23,931 23,128 24,255 22,785
2016 24,306 23,934 22,900 24,291 22,527
2017 24,428 24,027 22,774 24,413 22,377
2018 24,630 24,204 22,753 24,614 22,335
2019 24,896 24,448 22,826 24,881 22,393
2020 25,208 24,741 22,978 25,192 22,532
2021 25,546 25,063 23,187 25,529 22,729
2022 25,890 25,394 23,430 25,873 22,963
2023 26,225 25,718 23,687 26,208 23,212
2024 26,539 26,022 23,941 26,522 23,458
2025 26,825 26,300 24,181 26,808 23,691
2026 27,080 26,548 24,399 27,063 23,904
2027 27,303 26,764 24,593 27,286 24,092
2028 27,497 26,952 24,764 27,479 24,258
2029 27,664 27,115 24,913 27,646 24,403
2030 27,811 27,258 25,043 27,793 24,530
2031 27,941 27,384 25,160 27,922 24,643
2032 28,058 27,498 25,265 28,040 24,746
2033 28,167 27,605 25,364 28,149 24,842
2034 28,271 27,706 25,457 28,253 24,933
2035 28,372 27,805 25,548 28,354 25,022
2036 28,472 27,903 25,638 28,453 25,110
2037 28,571 28,000 25,728 28,553 25,198
2038 28,672 28,099 25,818 28,653 25,287
2039 28,773 28,198 25,910 28,754 25,376
2040 28,876 28,299 26,002 28,857 25,467
2041 28,980 28,402 26,097 28,961 25,560
Scenario
Estimated Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 108
Table 56 Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 84,777 84,777 84,777 84,777 84,777
2012 84,241 83,700 83,204 84,221 82,648
2013 83,753 82,901 81,732 83,719 80,860
2014 83,369 82,326 80,396 83,328 79,335
2015 83,203 82,020 79,300 83,159 78,108
2016 83,332 82,035 78,529 83,286 77,236
2017 83,766 82,370 78,120 83,718 76,744
2018 84,476 82,993 78,073 84,428 76,628
2019 85,413 83,853 78,357 85,364 76,854
2020 86,507 84,883 78,910 86,458 77,359
2021 87,689 86,009 79,656 87,638 78,066
2022 88,892 87,166 80,516 88,841 78,894
2023 90,062 88,297 81,420 90,010 79,769
2024 91,160 89,360 82,311 91,107 80,634
2025 92,159 90,329 83,150 92,104 81,449
2026 93,047 91,191 83,913 92,992 82,191
2027 93,823 91,945 84,591 93,767 82,849
2028 94,496 92,599 85,185 94,440 83,426
2029 95,078 93,165 85,703 95,022 83,929
2030 95,586 93,658 86,157 95,529 84,370
2031 96,035 94,095 86,560 95,978 84,762
2032 96,441 94,491 86,925 96,384 85,118
2033 96,818 94,858 87,264 96,760 85,449
2034 97,175 95,207 87,586 97,117 85,763
2035 97,521 95,546 87,898 97,463 86,069
2036 97,863 95,881 88,207 97,805 86,371
2037 98,205 96,216 88,515 98,146 86,673
2038 98,548 96,553 88,825 98,490 86,977
2039 98,896 96,894 89,139 98,837 87,284
2040 99,248 97,239 89,457 99,189 87,596
2041 99,605 97,590 89,780 99,546 87,913
Scenario
Estimated Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 109
Table 57 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 386 734 13 1,130
2013 608 1,432 22 2,052
2014 745 2,105 27 2,859
2015 844 2,762 29 3,609
2016 925 3,397 31 4,316
2017 995 3,991 32 4,970
2018 1,057 4,525 33 5,554
2019 1,111 4,986 33 6,055
2020 1,158 5,368 34 6,471
2021 1,197 5,675 34 6,806
2022 1,230 5,917 35 7,072
2023 1,258 6,105 36 7,281
2024 1,283 6,250 36 7,445
2025 1,304 6,364 37 7,576
2026 1,323 6,452 38 7,679
2027 1,339 6,522 38 7,763
2028 1,352 6,578 38 7,831
2029 1,364 6,624 39 7,887
2030 1,374 6,662 39 7,935
2031 1,383 6,695 39 7,975
2032 1,390 6,724 40 8,011
2033 1,397 6,750 40 8,044
2034 1,403 6,775 40 8,074
2035 1,408 6,799 40 8,103
2036 1,413 6,823 40 8,131
2037 1,418 6,846 40 8,159
2038 1,423 6,870 40 8,187
2039 1,427 6,893 40 8,215
2040 1,432 6,918 40 8,243
2041 1,437 6,942 41 8,272
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct
Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 110
Table 58 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 155 303 7 463
2013 244 589 12 841
2014 299 869 14 1,175
2015 339 1,142 15 1,486
2016 372 1,406 16 1,779
2017 401 1,654 16 2,052
2018 427 1,878 16 2,295
2019 448 2,070 16 2,504
2020 467 2,230 16 2,677
2021 483 2,358 16 2,816
2022 496 2,459 16 2,926
2023 507 2,538 17 3,013
2024 517 2,598 17 3,081
2025 525 2,645 17 3,134
2026 533 2,681 17 3,177
2027 539 2,710 18 3,211
2028 545 2,733 18 3,239
2029 549 2,752 18 3,262
2030 553 2,767 18 3,281
2031 557 2,781 18 3,297
2032 560 2,793 18 3,312
2033 562 2,804 18 3,325
2034 565 2,814 18 3,338
2035 567 2,824 18 3,350
2036 569 2,834 18 3,362
2037 571 2,844 19 3,373
2038 573 2,853 19 3,385
2039 575 2,863 19 3,396
2040 577 2,873 19 3,408
2041 579 2,884 19 3,420
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females Aged 9 to 19 Years with
Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 111
Table 59 Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 541 1,037 20 1,593
2013 852 2,021 34 2,893
2014 1,043 2,974 41 4,034
2015 1,183 3,904 44 5,095
2016 1,297 4,803 46 6,096
2017 1,396 5,645 47 7,022
2018 1,483 6,403 48 7,848
2019 1,560 7,056 49 8,559
2020 1,625 7,597 50 9,148
2021 1,679 8,033 51 9,622
2022 1,726 8,376 51 9,998
2023 1,765 8,642 52 10,294
2024 1,800 8,848 53 10,526
2025 1,829 9,008 54 10,710
2026 1,855 9,133 55 10,856
2027 1,878 9,232 56 10,974
2028 1,897 9,311 56 11,070
2029 1,914 9,375 57 11,149
2030 1,928 9,429 57 11,216
2031 1,940 9,476 57 11,273
2032 1,950 9,516 58 11,323
2033 1,959 9,554 58 11,369
2034 1,967 9,589 58 11,412
2035 1,975 9,623 58 11,453
2036 1,982 9,656 59 11,492
2037 1,989 9,690 59 11,532
2038 1,995 9,723 59 11,572
2039 2,002 9,757 59 11,611
2040 2,009 9,791 59 11,652
2041 2,016 9,826 59 11,693
Estimated Reduction in Number of People Aged 9 to 19 Years with Conduct
Disorder (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 112
Table 60 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.03% 0.09% 0.00% 0.12%
2013 0.05% 0.17% 0.00% 0.22%
2014 0.06% 0.23% 0.00% 0.29%
2015 0.07% 0.29% 0.00% 0.36%
2016 0.08% 0.34% 0.00% 0.41%
2017 0.08% 0.38% 0.00% 0.46%
2018 0.09% 0.42% 0.00% 0.50%
2019 0.09% 0.45% 0.00% 0.53%
2020 0.09% 0.47% 0.00% 0.56%
2021 0.09% 0.49% 0.00% 0.57%
2022 0.09% 0.50% 0.00% 0.59%
2023 0.10% 0.50% 0.00% 0.59%
2024 0.10% 0.51% 0.00% 0.60%
2025 0.10% 0.51% 0.00% 0.60%
2026 0.10% 0.51% 0.00% 0.60%
2027 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.60%
2028 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2029 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2030 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2031 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2032 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2033 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2034 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2035 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2036 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2037 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2038 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2039 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2040 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
2041 0.10% 0.52% 0.00% 0.61%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Males Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada,
by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 113
Table 61 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.01% 0.04% 0.00% 0.05%
2013 0.02% 0.07% 0.00% 0.09%
2014 0.03% 0.10% 0.00% 0.13%
2015 0.03% 0.13% 0.00% 0.16%
2016 0.03% 0.15% 0.00% 0.18%
2017 0.03% 0.17% 0.00% 0.20%
2018 0.04% 0.18% 0.00% 0.22%
2019 0.04% 0.20% 0.00% 0.23%
2020 0.04% 0.21% 0.00% 0.24%
2021 0.04% 0.21% 0.00% 0.25%
2022 0.04% 0.22% 0.00% 0.26%
2023 0.04% 0.22% 0.00% 0.26%
2024 0.04% 0.22% 0.00% 0.26%
2025 0.04% 0.22% 0.00% 0.26%
2026 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2027 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2028 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2029 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2030 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2031 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2032 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2033 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2034 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2035 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2036 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2037 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2038 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2039 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2040 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
2041 0.04% 0.23% 0.00% 0.26%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in Females Aged 9 to 19 Years in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 114
Table 62 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in People Aged 9 to 19 Years for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.02% 0.06% 0.00% 0.09%
2013 0.04% 0.12% 0.00% 0.16%
2014 0.04% 0.17% 0.00% 0.21%
2015 0.05% 0.21% 0.00% 0.26%
2016 0.06% 0.25% 0.00% 0.30%
2017 0.06% 0.28% 0.00% 0.33%
2018 0.06% 0.30% 0.00% 0.36%
2019 0.06% 0.32% 0.00% 0.39%
2020 0.07% 0.34% 0.00% 0.40%
2021 0.07% 0.35% 0.00% 0.42%
2022 0.07% 0.36% 0.00% 0.42%
2023 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.43%
2024 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.43%
2025 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2026 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2027 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2028 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2029 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2030 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2031 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2032 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2033 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2034 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2035 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2036 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2037 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2038 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2039 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2040 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
2041 0.07% 0.37% 0.00% 0.44%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Conduct Disorder in People Aged 9 to 19 Years in Canada,
by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 115
B.1.5 MOOD AND ANXIETY DISORDERS
Table 63 Estimated Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,354,139 1,354,139 1,354,139 1,354,139 1,354,139
2012 1,371,820 1,365,698 1,363,197 1,370,113 1,355,584
2013 1,384,628 1,372,765 1,368,576 1,381,487 1,354,048
2014 1,395,017 1,377,763 1,372,354 1,390,631 1,351,479
2015 1,404,278 1,381,955 1,375,592 1,398,789 1,348,850
2016 1,413,059 1,385,958 1,378,792 1,406,581 1,346,596
2017 1,421,673 1,390,055 1,382,168 1,414,298 1,344,878
2018 1,430,239 1,394,337 1,385,777 1,422,045 1,343,707
2019 1,438,758 1,398,779 1,389,580 1,429,814 1,343,008
2020 1,447,200 1,403,329 1,393,520 1,437,565 1,342,694
2021 1,455,562 1,407,971 1,397,572 1,445,290 1,342,718
2022 1,463,869 1,412,716 1,401,741 1,453,008 1,343,067
2023 1,472,133 1,417,569 1,406,026 1,460,726 1,343,727
2024 1,480,361 1,422,528 1,410,420 1,468,445 1,344,676
2025 1,488,553 1,427,586 1,414,915 1,476,163 1,345,893
2026 1,496,710 1,432,734 1,419,499 1,483,878 1,347,356
2027 1,504,843 1,437,975 1,424,174 1,491,596 1,349,052
2028 1,512,953 1,443,303 1,428,932 1,499,316 1,350,964
2029 1,521,039 1,448,710 1,433,766 1,507,035 1,353,076
2030 1,529,111 1,454,198 1,438,677 1,514,759 1,355,378
2031 1,537,179 1,459,774 1,443,672 1,522,498 1,357,870
2032 1,545,263 1,465,451 1,448,761 1,530,268 1,360,555
2033 1,553,379 1,471,242 1,453,958 1,538,085 1,363,441
2034 1,561,543 1,477,157 1,459,272 1,545,962 1,366,531
2035 1,569,764 1,483,203 1,464,709 1,553,908 1,369,827
2036 1,578,047 1,489,382 1,470,272 1,561,927 1,373,324
2037 1,586,395 1,495,692 1,475,961 1,570,021 1,377,020
2038 1,594,808 1,502,131 1,481,772 1,578,188 1,380,907
2039 1,603,283 1,508,691 1,487,701 1,586,425 1,384,977
2040 1,611,817 1,515,368 1,493,742 1,594,728 1,389,221
2041 1,620,405 1,522,153 1,499,891 1,603,093 1,393,628
Estimated Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence)
in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 116
Table 64 Estimated Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 2,664,608 2,664,608 2,664,608 2,664,608 2,664,608
2012 2,690,406 2,682,126 2,677,720 2,688,683 2,667,941
2013 2,714,428 2,698,329 2,690,368 2,711,186 2,671,539
2014 2,737,558 2,714,046 2,703,090 2,732,962 2,675,820
2015 2,760,302 2,729,742 2,716,168 2,754,489 2,680,983
2016 2,782,946 2,745,664 2,729,736 2,776,031 2,687,095
2017 2,805,689 2,761,976 2,743,880 2,797,770 2,694,179
2018 2,828,615 2,778,719 2,758,598 2,819,771 2,702,175
2019 2,851,588 2,795,728 2,773,711 2,841,892 2,710,860
2020 2,874,512 2,812,885 2,789,089 2,864,029 2,720,077
2021 2,897,321 2,830,109 2,804,645 2,886,109 2,729,714
2022 2,919,990 2,847,360 2,820,332 2,908,102 2,739,703
2023 2,942,528 2,864,636 2,836,135 2,930,010 2,750,014
2024 2,964,920 2,881,910 2,852,023 2,951,816 2,760,596
2025 2,987,122 2,899,117 2,867,930 2,973,466 2,771,358
2026 3,009,148 2,916,258 2,883,851 2,994,973 2,782,276
2027 3,031,033 2,933,364 2,899,805 3,016,367 2,793,362
2028 3,052,763 2,950,417 2,915,770 3,037,632 2,804,585
2029 3,074,302 2,967,376 2,931,698 3,058,729 2,815,891
2030 3,095,611 2,984,196 2,947,543 3,079,618 2,827,227
2031 3,116,659 3,000,843 2,963,267 3,100,267 2,838,549
2032 3,137,425 3,017,291 2,978,839 3,120,653 2,849,820
2033 3,157,895 3,033,522 2,994,237 3,140,761 2,861,013
2034 3,178,063 3,049,528 3,009,450 3,160,585 2,872,111
2035 3,197,933 3,065,309 3,024,472 3,180,126 2,883,107
2036 3,217,514 3,080,872 3,039,308 3,199,393 2,894,001
2037 3,236,820 3,096,232 3,053,966 3,218,399 2,904,799
2038 3,255,871 3,111,406 3,068,460 3,237,165 2,915,516
2039 3,274,690 3,126,417 3,082,808 3,255,710 2,926,165
2040 3,293,296 3,141,282 3,097,026 3,274,054 2,936,761
2041 3,311,712 3,156,026 3,111,133 3,292,220 2,947,323
Estimated Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 117
Table 65 Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 4,018,747 4,018,747 4,018,747 4,018,747 4,018,747
2012 4,062,225 4,047,824 4,040,917 4,058,796 4,023,525
2013 4,099,056 4,071,094 4,058,944 4,092,674 4,025,587
2014 4,132,575 4,091,809 4,075,444 4,123,593 4,027,299
2015 4,164,580 4,111,697 4,091,760 4,153,279 4,029,834
2016 4,196,005 4,131,623 4,108,528 4,182,613 4,033,692
2017 4,227,362 4,152,031 4,126,048 4,212,068 4,039,057
2018 4,258,854 4,173,057 4,144,375 4,241,816 4,045,882
2019 4,290,346 4,194,507 4,163,291 4,271,706 4,053,868
2020 4,321,712 4,216,214 4,182,609 4,301,594 4,062,771
2021 4,352,884 4,238,079 4,202,217 4,331,400 4,072,432
2022 4,383,859 4,260,076 4,222,072 4,361,110 4,082,771
2023 4,414,661 4,282,205 4,242,160 4,390,736 4,093,741
2024 4,445,281 4,304,439 4,262,443 4,420,260 4,105,272
2025 4,475,675 4,326,703 4,282,844 4,449,629 4,117,251
2026 4,505,858 4,348,992 4,303,350 4,478,851 4,129,632
2027 4,535,876 4,371,339 4,323,980 4,507,963 4,142,414
2028 4,565,716 4,393,720 4,344,702 4,536,948 4,155,549
2029 4,595,342 4,416,086 4,365,464 4,565,764 4,168,967
2030 4,624,722 4,438,394 4,386,220 4,594,377 4,182,606
2031 4,653,839 4,460,618 4,406,938 4,622,765 4,196,419
2032 4,682,688 4,482,742 4,427,599 4,650,921 4,210,375
2033 4,711,274 4,504,764 4,448,195 4,678,846 4,224,454
2034 4,739,606 4,526,685 4,468,722 4,706,547 4,238,642
2035 4,767,697 4,548,512 4,489,182 4,734,034 4,252,934
2036 4,795,561 4,570,254 4,509,581 4,761,320 4,267,325
2037 4,823,215 4,591,924 4,529,926 4,788,420 4,281,820
2038 4,850,679 4,613,537 4,550,232 4,815,353 4,296,423
2039 4,877,973 4,635,108 4,570,509 4,842,135 4,311,142
2040 4,905,113 4,656,650 4,590,769 4,868,783 4,325,982
2041 4,932,117 4,678,179 4,611,024 4,895,313 4,340,951
Estimated Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence)
in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 118
Table 66 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 6,121 8,622 1,706 16,235
2013 11,863 16,052 3,141 30,580
2014 17,254 22,663 4,386 43,538
2015 22,323 28,686 5,488 55,428
2016 27,101 34,267 6,478 66,463
2017 31,618 39,505 7,375 76,795
2018 35,902 44,462 8,194 86,532
2019 39,979 49,178 8,945 95,750
2020 43,870 53,680 9,635 104,505
2021 47,592 57,991 10,272 112,845
2022 51,153 62,128 10,861 120,802
2023 54,564 66,107 11,408 128,407
2024 57,832 69,940 11,916 135,685
2025 60,967 73,638 12,389 142,660
2026 63,976 77,211 12,832 149,354
2027 66,868 80,668 13,247 155,790
2028 69,650 84,020 13,637 161,988
2029 72,329 87,273 14,004 167,964
2030 74,913 90,434 14,352 173,733
2031 77,405 93,508 14,682 179,309
2032 79,812 96,502 14,995 184,707
2033 82,137 99,422 15,294 189,938
2034 84,386 102,271 15,581 195,012
2035 86,560 105,054 15,855 199,937
2036 88,665 107,775 16,120 204,722
2037 90,703 110,434 16,374 209,375
2038 92,677 113,036 16,620 213,901
2039 94,592 115,583 16,858 218,306
2040 96,449 118,075 17,089 222,596
2041 98,252 120,515 17,313 226,777
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Mood or Anxiety Disorders
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 119
Table 67 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 8,280 12,686 1,723 22,465
2013 16,099 24,060 3,242 42,889
2014 23,512 34,468 4,596 61,738
2015 30,560 44,134 5,813 79,319
2016 37,282 53,210 6,915 95,851
2017 43,714 61,809 7,920 111,510
2018 49,895 70,017 8,844 126,440
2019 55,860 77,878 9,696 140,728
2020 61,627 85,423 10,483 154,435
2021 67,213 92,676 11,212 167,607
2022 72,630 99,659 11,888 180,287
2023 77,892 106,393 12,517 192,513
2024 83,010 112,898 13,105 204,324
2025 88,005 119,193 13,656 215,764
2026 92,890 125,297 14,175 226,872
2027 97,669 131,228 14,666 237,671
2028 102,346 136,994 15,132 248,179
2029 106,927 142,604 15,573 258,411
2030 111,415 148,068 15,993 268,383
2031 115,816 153,393 16,392 278,110
2032 120,134 158,587 16,772 287,605
2033 124,373 163,658 17,133 296,882
2034 128,535 168,613 17,478 305,952
2035 132,624 173,461 17,807 314,826
2036 136,642 178,206 18,121 323,513
2037 140,588 182,854 18,420 332,021
2038 144,465 187,411 18,707 340,356
2039 148,273 191,882 18,980 348,526
2040 152,013 196,269 19,241 356,535
2041 155,686 200,578 19,491 364,389
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Mood or Anxiety
Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 120
Table 68 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 14,401 21,308 3,429 38,700
2013 27,962 40,112 6,382 73,469
2014 40,765 57,131 8,982 105,275
2015 52,883 72,820 11,302 134,746
2016 64,382 87,477 13,392 162,314
2017 75,332 101,315 15,294 188,305
2018 85,797 114,479 17,038 212,972
2019 95,839 127,055 18,640 236,478
2020 105,497 139,103 20,118 258,941
2021 114,804 150,666 21,484 280,452
2022 123,784 161,787 22,749 301,089
2023 132,456 172,500 23,925 320,920
2024 140,842 182,838 25,021 340,009
2025 148,972 192,831 26,045 358,424
2026 156,866 202,508 27,007 376,226
2027 164,537 211,896 27,913 393,461
2028 171,996 221,014 28,768 410,167
2029 179,256 229,877 29,578 426,375
2030 186,328 238,501 30,345 442,116
2031 193,221 246,901 31,074 457,420
2032 199,946 255,089 31,767 472,313
2033 206,510 263,079 32,428 486,820
2034 212,921 270,885 33,059 500,964
2035 219,185 278,515 33,662 514,763
2036 225,307 285,980 34,240 528,235
2037 231,291 293,288 34,795 541,395
2038 237,142 300,448 35,327 554,256
2039 242,865 307,464 35,838 566,831
2040 248,462 314,344 36,330 579,131
2041 253,938 321,093 36,804 591,166
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Mood or Anxiety Disorders
(12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 121
Table 69 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.04% 0.05% 0.01% 0.09%
2013 0.07% 0.09% 0.02% 0.18%
2014 0.10% 0.13% 0.03% 0.25%
2015 0.13% 0.16% 0.03% 0.31%
2016 0.15% 0.19% 0.04% 0.37%
2017 0.18% 0.22% 0.04% 0.43%
2018 0.20% 0.25% 0.05% 0.48%
2019 0.22% 0.27% 0.05% 0.52%
2020 0.24% 0.29% 0.05% 0.57%
2021 0.26% 0.31% 0.06% 0.61%
2022 0.27% 0.33% 0.06% 0.64%
2023 0.29% 0.35% 0.06% 0.68%
2024 0.30% 0.37% 0.06% 0.71%
2025 0.32% 0.38% 0.06% 0.74%
2026 0.33% 0.40% 0.07% 0.77%
2027 0.34% 0.41% 0.07% 0.80%
2028 0.35% 0.43% 0.07% 0.83%
2029 0.37% 0.44% 0.07% 0.85%
2030 0.38% 0.45% 0.07% 0.87%
2031 0.39% 0.47% 0.07% 0.89%
2032 0.40% 0.48% 0.07% 0.91%
2033 0.40% 0.49% 0.08% 0.93%
2034 0.41% 0.50% 0.08% 0.95%
2035 0.42% 0.51% 0.08% 0.97%
2036 0.43% 0.52% 0.08% 0.99%
2037 0.44% 0.53% 0.08% 1.00%
2038 0.44% 0.54% 0.08% 1.02%
2039 0.45% 0.55% 0.08% 1.03%
2040 0.45% 0.56% 0.08% 1.05%
2041 0.46% 0.57% 0.08% 1.06%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Males in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 122
Table 70 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.05% 0.07% 0.01% 0.13%
2013 0.09% 0.14% 0.02% 0.24%
2014 0.13% 0.19% 0.03% 0.35%
2015 0.17% 0.25% 0.03% 0.44%
2016 0.21% 0.29% 0.04% 0.53%
2017 0.24% 0.34% 0.04% 0.61%
2018 0.27% 0.38% 0.05% 0.68%
2019 0.30% 0.42% 0.05% 0.76%
2020 0.33% 0.45% 0.06% 0.82%
2021 0.35% 0.49% 0.06% 0.88%
2022 0.38% 0.52% 0.06% 0.94%
2023 0.40% 0.55% 0.06% 1.00%
2024 0.43% 0.58% 0.07% 1.05%
2025 0.45% 0.61% 0.07% 1.10%
2026 0.47% 0.64% 0.07% 1.15%
2027 0.49% 0.66% 0.07% 1.20%
2028 0.51% 0.68% 0.08% 1.24%
2029 0.53% 0.71% 0.08% 1.28%
2030 0.55% 0.73% 0.08% 1.32%
2031 0.57% 0.75% 0.08% 1.36%
2032 0.58% 0.77% 0.08% 1.40%
2033 0.60% 0.79% 0.08% 1.43%
2034 0.61% 0.81% 0.08% 1.46%
2035 0.63% 0.83% 0.08% 1.50%
2036 0.64% 0.84% 0.09% 1.53%
2037 0.66% 0.86% 0.09% 1.56%
2038 0.67% 0.88% 0.09% 1.59%
2039 0.69% 0.89% 0.09% 1.62%
2040 0.70% 0.91% 0.09% 1.64%
2041 0.71% 0.92% 0.09% 1.67%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Females in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 123
Table 71 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.04% 0.06% 0.01% 0.11%
2013 0.08% 0.11% 0.02% 0.21%
2014 0.12% 0.16% 0.03% 0.30%
2015 0.15% 0.20% 0.03% 0.38%
2016 0.18% 0.24% 0.04% 0.45%
2017 0.21% 0.28% 0.04% 0.52%
2018 0.23% 0.31% 0.05% 0.58%
2019 0.26% 0.34% 0.05% 0.64%
2020 0.28% 0.37% 0.05% 0.70%
2021 0.31% 0.40% 0.06% 0.75%
2022 0.33% 0.43% 0.06% 0.80%
2023 0.35% 0.45% 0.06% 0.84%
2024 0.37% 0.48% 0.06% 0.88%
2025 0.38% 0.50% 0.07% 0.92%
2026 0.40% 0.52% 0.07% 0.96%
2027 0.42% 0.54% 0.07% 1.00%
2028 0.43% 0.56% 0.07% 1.03%
2029 0.45% 0.58% 0.07% 1.07%
2030 0.46% 0.59% 0.08% 1.10%
2031 0.48% 0.61% 0.08% 1.13%
2032 0.49% 0.63% 0.08% 1.16%
2033 0.50% 0.64% 0.08% 1.19%
2034 0.51% 0.66% 0.08% 1.21%
2035 0.53% 0.67% 0.08% 1.24%
2036 0.54% 0.68% 0.08% 1.26%
2037 0.55% 0.70% 0.08% 1.29%
2038 0.56% 0.71% 0.08% 1.31%
2039 0.57% 0.72% 0.08% 1.33%
2040 0.58% 0.73% 0.08% 1.35%
2041 0.59% 0.75% 0.09% 1.37%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Mood or Anxiety Disorders in Canada, by Scenario, 2011
to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 124
B.1.6 SCHIZOPHRENIA
Table 72 Estimated Number of Males with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 104,261 104,261 104,261 104,261
2012 105,540 105,326 105,070 104,859
2013 106,881 106,473 105,985 105,587
2014 108,220 107,632 106,930 106,362
2015 109,508 108,752 107,851 107,124
2016 110,730 109,816 108,728 107,853
2017 111,867 110,805 109,541 108,526
2018 112,960 111,755 110,319 109,170
2019 114,058 112,713 111,105 109,827
2020 115,152 113,671 111,894 110,488
2021 116,245 114,632 112,686 111,158
2022 117,353 115,610 113,497 111,849
2023 118,471 116,602 114,321 112,556
2024 119,583 117,588 115,141 113,260
2025 120,678 118,558 115,949 113,954
2026 121,751 119,509 116,740 114,633
2027 122,813 120,449 117,525 115,306
2028 123,871 121,386 118,307 115,979
2029 124,910 122,305 119,074 116,636
2030 125,926 123,200 119,821 117,273
2031 126,921 124,074 120,550 117,894
2032 127,897 124,931 121,265 118,500
2033 128,859 125,776 121,968 119,098
2034 129,810 126,612 122,663 119,690
2035 130,760 127,450 123,360 120,286
2036 131,712 128,290 124,058 120,884
2037 132,661 129,128 124,753 121,479
2038 133,612 129,968 125,451 122,078
2039 134,561 130,807 126,146 122,675
2040 135,503 131,640 126,837 123,269
2041 136,434 132,465 127,520 123,857
Estimated Number of Males with Schizophrenia (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 125
Table 73 Estimated Number of Females with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 106,361 106,361 106,361 106,361
2012 107,936 107,650 107,340 107,055
2013 109,504 108,949 108,349 107,802
2014 111,073 110,265 109,388 108,595
2015 112,639 111,590 110,445 109,419
2016 114,193 112,914 111,507 110,258
2017 115,728 114,226 112,565 111,103
2018 117,241 115,524 113,614 111,946
2019 118,730 116,804 114,652 112,786
2020 120,195 118,067 115,679 113,621
2021 121,639 119,313 116,696 114,452
2022 123,064 120,546 117,704 115,280
2023 124,470 121,765 118,705 116,106
2024 125,861 122,973 119,699 116,929
2025 127,235 124,169 120,686 117,751
2026 128,593 125,352 121,665 118,569
2027 129,933 126,523 122,635 119,383
2028 131,255 127,679 123,596 120,191
2029 132,557 128,819 124,544 120,992
2030 133,838 129,942 125,480 121,785
2031 135,098 131,049 126,403 122,569
2032 136,335 132,137 127,311 123,343
2033 137,549 133,207 128,204 124,106
2034 138,739 134,256 129,081 124,857
2035 139,904 135,286 129,942 125,597
2036 141,044 136,295 130,785 126,323
2037 142,160 137,283 131,611 127,038
2038 143,251 138,251 132,421 127,740
2039 144,318 139,200 133,215 128,430
2040 145,363 140,131 133,994 129,109
2041 146,386 141,043 134,759 129,778
Scenario
Estimated Number of Females with Schizophrenia (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 126
Table 74 Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 210,622 210,622 210,622 210,622
2012 213,477 212,975 212,410 211,914
2013 216,385 215,422 214,334 213,389
2014 219,293 217,897 216,318 214,956
2015 222,147 220,342 218,296 216,542
2016 224,923 222,730 220,236 218,112
2017 227,595 225,031 222,106 219,629
2018 230,201 227,279 223,933 221,117
2019 232,787 229,517 225,758 222,613
2020 235,347 231,738 227,573 224,109
2021 237,884 233,945 229,382 225,610
2022 240,416 236,156 231,201 227,129
2023 242,942 238,368 233,026 228,661
2024 245,444 240,561 234,840 230,189
2025 247,913 242,727 236,634 231,704
2026 250,344 244,861 238,405 233,202
2027 252,747 246,972 240,160 234,689
2028 255,126 249,065 241,903 236,170
2029 257,467 251,124 243,618 237,628
2030 259,764 253,142 245,301 239,058
2031 262,019 255,123 246,953 240,462
2032 264,232 257,069 248,576 241,843
2033 266,408 258,983 250,172 243,204
2034 268,548 260,868 251,744 244,547
2035 270,664 262,736 253,301 245,882
2036 272,756 264,585 254,843 247,207
2037 274,821 266,411 256,365 248,517
2038 276,863 268,219 257,872 249,817
2039 278,879 270,007 259,362 251,105
2040 280,865 271,771 260,831 252,378
2041 282,820 273,509 262,279 253,635
Scenario
Estimated Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 127
Table 75 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - -
2012 215 470 682
2013 408 896 1,294
2014 588 1,290 1,858
2015 756 1,657 2,384
2016 913 2,001 2,876
2017 1,062 2,327 3,341
2018 1,205 2,642 3,790
2019 1,345 2,952 4,231
2020 1,481 3,258 4,663
2021 1,613 3,558 5,087
2022 1,742 3,856 5,504
2023 1,869 4,151 5,916
2024 1,995 4,442 6,323
2025 2,120 4,729 6,724
2026 2,243 5,011 7,119
2027 2,364 5,289 7,507
2028 2,485 5,564 7,892
2029 2,606 5,836 8,274
2030 2,726 6,105 8,653
2031 2,847 6,370 9,027
2032 2,966 6,632 9,397
2033 3,083 6,891 9,761
2034 3,198 7,147 10,120
2035 3,310 7,401 10,475
2036 3,422 7,654 10,828
2037 3,533 7,908 11,182
2038 3,644 8,161 11,535
2039 3,754 8,414 11,886
2040 3,863 8,666 12,234
2041 3,969 8,914 12,577
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with
Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 128
Table 76 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - -
2012 287 596 881
2013 555 1,155 1,702
2014 808 1,685 2,478
2015 1,049 2,194 3,220
2016 1,279 2,686 3,935
2017 1,502 3,163 4,625
2018 1,717 3,627 5,294
2019 1,926 4,077 5,943
2020 2,128 4,516 6,574
2021 2,325 4,943 7,187
2022 2,518 5,359 7,784
2023 2,705 5,765 8,365
2024 2,888 6,162 8,932
2025 3,066 6,549 9,484
2026 3,240 6,928 10,024
2027 3,410 7,298 10,550
2028 3,576 7,660 11,064
2029 3,738 8,013 11,565
2030 3,896 8,358 12,053
2031 4,049 8,695 12,529
2032 4,198 9,024 12,992
2033 4,342 9,345 13,443
2034 4,483 9,658 13,882
2035 4,618 9,963 14,307
2036 4,750 10,259 14,721
2037 4,877 10,548 15,122
2038 4,999 10,829 15,511
2039 5,118 11,103 15,888
2040 5,232 11,368 16,253
2041 5,342 11,627 16,607
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with
Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 129
Table 77 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - -
2012 502 1,067 1,563
2013 963 2,051 2,996
2014 1,395 2,974 4,336
2015 1,805 3,851 5,605
2016 2,193 4,687 6,811
2017 2,564 5,490 7,966
2018 2,922 6,268 9,085
2019 3,270 7,030 10,174
2020 3,609 7,774 11,237
2021 3,939 8,502 12,274
2022 4,260 9,215 13,287
2023 4,574 9,916 14,280
2024 4,883 10,604 15,254
2025 5,186 11,278 16,208
2026 5,483 11,939 17,143
2027 5,775 12,587 18,058
2028 6,061 13,223 18,956
2029 6,343 13,849 19,839
2030 6,622 14,463 20,706
2031 6,895 15,065 21,556
2032 7,163 15,656 22,389
2033 7,425 16,236 23,204
2034 7,680 16,804 24,001
2035 7,928 17,363 24,782
2036 8,172 17,914 25,549
2037 8,410 18,456 26,304
2038 8,643 18,991 27,046
2039 8,872 19,517 27,774
2040 9,095 20,034 28,487
2041 9,311 20,541 29,185
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with
Schizophrenia (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 130
Table 78 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2013 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2014 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2015 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2016 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2017 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2018 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2019 0.01% 0.02% 0.02%
2020 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2021 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2022 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2023 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2024 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2025 0.01% 0.02% 0.04%
2026 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2027 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2028 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2029 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2030 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2031 0.01% 0.03% 0.05%
2032 0.01% 0.03% 0.05%
2033 0.02% 0.03% 0.05%
2034 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2035 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2036 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2037 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2038 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2039 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2040 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2041 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Males in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 131
Table 79 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Females for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.01%
2013 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2014 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2015 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2016 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2017 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2018 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2019 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2020 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2021 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2022 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2023 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2024 0.01% 0.03% 0.05%
2025 0.02% 0.03% 0.05%
2026 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2027 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2028 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2029 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2030 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2031 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2032 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2033 0.02% 0.05% 0.06%
2034 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2035 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2036 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2037 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2038 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2039 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2040 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2041 0.02% 0.05% 0.08%
Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Females in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 132
Table 80 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2013 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2014 0.00% 0.01% 0.01%
2015 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2016 0.01% 0.01% 0.02%
2017 0.01% 0.02% 0.02%
2018 0.01% 0.02% 0.02%
2019 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2020 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2021 0.01% 0.02% 0.03%
2022 0.01% 0.02% 0.04%
2023 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2024 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2025 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2026 0.01% 0.03% 0.04%
2027 0.01% 0.03% 0.05%
2028 0.02% 0.03% 0.05%
2029 0.02% 0.03% 0.05%
2030 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2031 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2032 0.02% 0.04% 0.05%
2033 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2034 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2035 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2036 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2037 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2038 0.02% 0.04% 0.06%
2039 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2040 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
2041 0.02% 0.05% 0.07%
Scenario
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of Schizophrenia in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 133
B.1.7 SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS
Table 81 Estimated Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,470,361 1,470,361 1,470,361 1,470,361 1,470,361
2012 1,473,502 1,464,610 1,464,230 1,472,046 1,454,087
2013 1,475,116 1,458,262 1,458,148 1,472,517 1,439,161
2014 1,476,171 1,452,159 1,452,551 1,472,634 1,425,760
2015 1,477,207 1,446,712 1,447,615 1,472,860 1,413,850
2016 1,478,458 1,442,042 1,443,369 1,473,385 1,403,294
2017 1,480,022 1,438,157 1,439,799 1,474,287 1,393,959
2018 1,481,764 1,434,823 1,436,714 1,475,419 1,385,541
2019 1,483,733 1,432,016 1,434,121 1,476,823 1,377,965
2020 1,486,253 1,430,039 1,432,299 1,478,815 1,371,476
2021 1,489,380 1,428,932 1,431,284 1,481,450 1,366,089
2022 1,493,080 1,428,646 1,431,024 1,484,687 1,361,732
2023 1,497,301 1,429,115 1,431,456 1,488,474 1,358,322
2024 1,502,018 1,430,298 1,432,535 1,492,780 1,355,795
2025 1,507,188 1,432,137 1,434,201 1,497,559 1,354,073
2026 1,512,749 1,434,557 1,436,382 1,502,747 1,353,067
2027 1,518,657 1,437,501 1,439,025 1,508,297 1,352,706
2028 1,524,874 1,440,917 1,442,080 1,514,168 1,352,928
2029 1,531,364 1,444,759 1,445,507 1,520,324 1,353,678
2030 1,538,087 1,448,972 1,449,258 1,526,722 1,354,896
2031 1,545,012 1,453,515 1,453,299 1,533,332 1,356,535
2032 1,552,126 1,458,363 1,457,611 1,540,139 1,358,563
2033 1,559,412 1,463,490 1,462,171 1,547,125 1,360,949
2034 1,566,847 1,468,864 1,466,952 1,554,267 1,363,658
2035 1,574,403 1,474,452 1,471,922 1,561,537 1,366,649
2036 1,582,061 1,480,227 1,477,059 1,568,914 1,369,896
2037 1,589,797 1,486,160 1,482,337 1,576,374 1,373,364
2038 1,597,598 1,492,233 1,487,740 1,583,905 1,377,035
2039 1,605,449 1,498,425 1,493,252 1,591,490 1,380,886
2040 1,613,337 1,504,719 1,498,859 1,599,118 1,384,897
2041 1,621,258 1,511,107 1,504,555 1,606,782 1,389,060
Estimated Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 134
Table 82 Estimated Number of Females with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 556,648 556,648 556,648 556,648 556,648
2012 558,160 552,062 552,131 557,412 545,445
2013 558,869 547,772 548,291 557,573 536,295
2014 559,147 543,822 544,931 557,424 528,540
2015 559,278 540,288 542,007 557,204 521,864
2016 559,421 537,202 539,492 557,047 516,078
2017 559,661 534,552 537,367 557,023 511,054
2018 560,051 532,350 535,620 557,177 506,725
2019 560,618 530,568 534,238 557,531 503,016
2020 561,385 529,191 533,207 558,104 499,871
2021 562,344 528,182 532,496 558,885 497,231
2022 563,493 527,521 532,086 559,871 495,051
2023 564,833 527,188 531,959 561,058 493,296
2024 566,361 527,165 532,100 562,443 491,934
2025 568,070 527,435 532,493 564,019 490,935
2026 569,956 527,979 533,122 565,777 490,270
2027 572,011 528,780 533,972 567,710 489,914
2028 574,224 529,817 535,026 569,807 489,841
2029 576,583 531,070 536,267 572,053 490,023
2030 579,074 532,518 537,678 574,434 490,436
2031 581,682 534,140 539,239 576,936 491,056
2032 584,392 535,915 540,934 579,543 491,858
2033 587,191 537,824 542,746 582,239 492,824
2034 590,062 539,850 544,660 585,011 493,931
2035 592,995 541,974 546,660 587,845 495,164
2036 595,975 544,182 548,734 590,730 496,505
2037 598,994 546,461 550,871 593,654 497,942
2038 602,041 548,800 553,061 596,608 499,462
2039 605,109 551,188 555,297 599,586 501,055
2040 608,192 553,616 557,571 602,580 502,713
2041 611,283 556,076 559,876 605,584 504,426
Estimated Number of Females with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 135
Table 83 Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Base Case
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 2,027,009 2,027,009 2,027,009 2,027,009 2,027,009
2012 2,031,662 2,016,673 2,016,361 2,029,458 1,999,531
2013 2,033,985 2,006,034 2,006,438 2,030,090 1,975,456
2014 2,035,318 1,995,981 1,997,481 2,030,057 1,954,300
2015 2,036,485 1,987,000 1,989,622 2,030,063 1,935,713
2016 2,037,879 1,979,244 1,982,861 2,030,432 1,919,372
2017 2,039,683 1,972,709 1,977,166 2,031,310 1,905,012
2018 2,041,815 1,967,172 1,972,334 2,032,596 1,892,265
2019 2,044,352 1,962,585 1,968,359 2,034,354 1,880,980
2020 2,047,638 1,959,229 1,965,506 2,036,919 1,871,347
2021 2,051,724 1,957,115 1,963,780 2,040,335 1,863,319
2022 2,056,573 1,956,167 1,963,110 2,044,558 1,856,783
2023 2,062,134 1,956,302 1,963,415 2,049,532 1,851,618
2024 2,068,379 1,957,463 1,964,635 2,055,223 1,847,729
2025 2,075,258 1,959,572 1,966,694 2,061,577 1,845,008
2026 2,082,705 1,962,536 1,969,504 2,068,524 1,843,337
2027 2,090,668 1,966,281 1,972,996 2,076,007 1,842,620
2028 2,099,098 1,970,734 1,977,106 2,083,974 1,842,769
2029 2,107,947 1,975,829 1,981,774 2,092,377 1,843,701
2030 2,117,160 1,981,490 1,986,936 2,101,156 1,845,332
2031 2,126,694 1,987,655 1,992,539 2,110,268 1,847,590
2032 2,136,518 1,994,278 1,998,545 2,119,681 1,850,422
2033 2,146,602 2,001,314 2,004,918 2,129,364 1,853,773
2034 2,156,909 2,008,714 2,011,612 2,139,278 1,857,589
2035 2,167,398 2,016,426 2,018,582 2,149,382 1,861,813
2036 2,178,037 2,024,410 2,025,793 2,159,644 1,866,401
2037 2,188,791 2,032,622 2,033,208 2,170,028 1,871,306
2038 2,199,639 2,041,033 2,040,801 2,180,513 1,876,497
2039 2,210,558 2,049,612 2,048,549 2,191,076 1,881,941
2040 2,221,529 2,058,335 2,056,430 2,201,697 1,887,610
2041 2,232,541 2,067,183 2,064,431 2,212,366 1,893,486
Estimated Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 136
Table 84 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 8,892 9,272 1,456 19,416
2013 16,853 16,968 2,598 35,955
2014 24,012 23,621 3,537 50,411
2015 30,495 29,592 4,348 63,358
2016 36,416 35,089 5,073 75,164
2017 41,865 40,223 5,735 86,063
2018 46,941 45,050 6,345 96,223
2019 51,717 49,612 6,911 105,769
2020 56,214 53,954 7,438 114,777
2021 60,448 58,097 7,931 123,292
2022 64,434 62,055 8,393 131,348
2023 68,186 65,845 8,827 138,979
2024 71,720 69,484 9,238 146,223
2025 75,051 72,987 9,629 153,115
2026 78,192 76,366 10,002 159,682
2027 81,156 79,633 10,361 165,951
2028 83,957 82,794 10,706 171,946
2029 86,606 85,858 11,041 177,687
2030 89,115 88,829 11,365 183,191
2031 91,497 91,713 11,680 188,478
2032 93,763 94,515 11,987 193,563
2033 95,922 97,241 12,287 198,462
2034 97,983 99,895 12,580 203,189
2035 99,951 102,481 12,866 207,754
2036 101,834 105,002 13,147 212,166
2037 103,637 107,460 13,423 216,433
2038 105,365 109,858 13,693 220,563
2039 107,024 112,196 13,959 224,563
2040 108,618 114,478 14,219 228,439
2041 110,151 116,704 14,476 232,198
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with SUD (12-Month Prevalence)
in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 137
Table 85 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 6,098 6,029 749 12,715
2013 11,097 10,578 1,296 22,574
2014 15,325 14,216 1,723 30,607
2015 18,989 17,271 2,074 37,414
2016 22,220 19,930 2,374 43,343
2017 25,109 22,294 2,638 48,607
2018 27,702 24,431 2,874 53,326
2019 30,050 26,380 3,087 57,602
2020 32,194 28,178 3,281 61,514
2021 34,161 29,847 3,458 65,113
2022 35,972 31,407 3,623 68,442
2023 37,645 32,874 3,775 71,537
2024 39,195 34,260 3,918 74,426
2025 40,635 35,577 4,052 77,135
2026 41,977 36,834 4,179 79,686
2027 43,231 38,039 4,301 82,096
2028 44,407 39,198 4,417 84,383
2029 45,512 40,315 4,530 86,560
2030 46,555 41,396 4,639 88,637
2031 47,542 42,442 4,746 90,626
2032 48,477 43,458 4,850 92,534
2033 49,366 44,444 4,952 94,367
2034 50,213 45,403 5,051 96,131
2035 51,021 46,335 5,149 97,831
2036 51,793 47,241 5,246 99,470
2037 52,532 48,123 5,340 101,052
2038 53,241 48,980 5,433 102,579
2039 53,922 49,812 5,523 104,054
2040 54,576 50,621 5,612 105,480
2041 55,207 51,407 5,699 106,857
Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with SUD (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 138
Table 86 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month Prevalence) for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year
Increase
Remission
Reduce
Incidence
Reduce
Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 - - - -
2012 14,990 15,301 2,205 32,131
2013 27,950 27,546 3,895 58,529
2014 39,337 37,837 5,261 81,018
2015 49,484 46,863 6,422 100,772
2016 58,635 55,018 7,447 118,507
2017 66,974 62,518 8,373 134,671
2018 74,643 69,481 9,219 149,550
2019 81,767 75,992 9,998 163,371
2020 88,408 82,132 10,719 176,291
2021 94,609 87,944 11,389 188,405
2022 100,407 93,463 12,015 199,790
2023 105,832 98,719 12,602 210,516
2024 110,916 103,744 13,156 220,650
2025 115,686 108,564 13,681 230,250
2026 120,169 113,201 14,181 239,368
2027 124,387 117,672 14,661 248,048
2028 128,363 121,992 15,123 256,329
2029 132,118 126,173 15,570 264,246
2030 135,670 130,225 16,004 271,829
2031 139,039 134,155 16,426 279,104
2032 142,240 137,973 16,837 286,097
2033 145,288 141,685 17,238 292,829
2034 148,195 145,298 17,631 299,320
2035 150,972 148,816 18,016 305,585
2036 153,627 152,244 18,393 311,636
2037 156,169 155,583 18,763 317,485
2038 158,606 158,837 19,126 323,142
2039 160,946 162,009 19,482 328,617
2040 163,194 165,099 19,832 333,919
2041 165,358 168,110 20,175 339,056
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Number of People with SUD (12-Month
Prevalence) in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 139
Table 87 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Males for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.11%
2013 0.10% 0.10% 0.00% 0.21%
2014 0.14% 0.13% 0.00% 0.29%
2015 0.17% 0.17% 0.00% 0.36%
2016 0.20% 0.20% 0.00% 0.42%
2017 0.23% 0.22% 0.00% 0.48%
2018 0.26% 0.25% 0.00% 0.53%
2019 0.28% 0.27% 0.00% 0.58%
2020 0.30% 0.29% 0.00% 0.62%
2021 0.32% 0.31% 0.00% 0.66%
2022 0.34% 0.33% 0.00% 0.70%
2023 0.36% 0.35% 0.00% 0.74%
2024 0.38% 0.37% 0.00% 0.77%
2025 0.39% 0.38% 0.00% 0.80%
2026 0.40% 0.40% 0.00% 0.83%
2027 0.42% 0.41% 0.00% 0.85%
2028 0.43% 0.42% 0.00% 0.88%
2029 0.44% 0.43% 0.06% 0.90%
2030 0.45% 0.45% 0.06% 0.92%
2031 0.46% 0.46% 0.06% 0.94%
2032 0.46% 0.47% 0.06% 0.96%
2033 0.47% 0.48% 0.06% 0.98%
2034 0.48% 0.49% 0.06% 0.99%
2035 0.49% 0.50% 0.06% 1.01%
2036 0.49% 0.51% 0.06% 1.02%
2037 0.50% 0.52% 0.06% 1.04%
2038 0.50% 0.52% 0.07% 1.05%
2039 0.51% 0.53% 0.07% 1.06%
2040 0.51% 0.54% 0.07% 1.08%
2041 0.52% 0.55% 0.07% 1.09%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Males in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 140
Table 88 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Females for Each of the Hypothetical
Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.07%
2013 0.06% 0.06% 0.00% 0.13%
2014 0.09% 0.08% 0.00% 0.17%
2015 0.11% 0.10% 0.00% 0.21%
2016 0.12% 0.11% 0.00% 0.24%
2017 0.14% 0.12% 0.00% 0.27%
2018 0.15% 0.13% 0.00% 0.29%
2019 0.16% 0.14% 0.00% 0.31%
2020 0.17% 0.15% 0.00% 0.33%
2021 0.18% 0.16% 0.00% 0.34%
2022 0.19% 0.16% 0.00% 0.36%
2023 0.20% 0.17% 0.00% 0.37%
2024 0.20% 0.18% 0.00% 0.38%
2025 0.21% 0.18% 0.00% 0.39%
2026 0.21% 0.19% 0.00% 0.40%
2027 0.22% 0.19% 0.00% 0.41%
2028 0.22% 0.20% 0.00% 0.42%
2029 0.22% 0.20% 0.00% 0.43%
2030 0.23% 0.20% 0.00% 0.44%
2031 0.23% 0.21% 0.00% 0.44%
2032 0.23% 0.21% 0.00% 0.45%
2033 0.24% 0.21% 0.00% 0.45%
2034 0.24% 0.22% 0.00% 0.46%
2035 0.24% 0.22% 0.00% 0.46%
2036 0.24% 0.22% 0.00% 0.47%
2037 0.25% 0.23% 0.00% 0.47%
2038 0.25% 0.23% 0.00% 0.48%
2039 0.25% 0.23% 0.00% 0.48%
2040 0.25% 0.23% 0.00% 0.49%
2041 0.25% 0.24% 0.00% 0.49%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Females in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 141
Table 89 Estimated Reduction in 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in People for Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
2012 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.09%
2013 0.08% 0.08% 0.00% 0.17%
2014 0.11% 0.11% 0.00% 0.23%
2015 0.14% 0.13% 0.00% 0.28%
2016 0.16% 0.15% 0.00% 0.33%
2017 0.18% 0.17% 0.00% 0.37%
2018 0.20% 0.19% 0.00% 0.41%
2019 0.22% 0.21% 0.00% 0.44%
2020 0.24% 0.22% 0.00% 0.47%
2021 0.25% 0.23% 0.00% 0.50%
2022 0.26% 0.25% 0.00% 0.53%
2023 0.28% 0.26% 0.00% 0.55%
2024 0.29% 0.27% 0.00% 0.57%
2025 0.30% 0.28% 0.00% 0.59%
2026 0.31% 0.29% 0.00% 0.61%
2027 0.32% 0.30% 0.00% 0.63%
2028 0.32% 0.31% 0.00% 0.65%
2029 0.33% 0.32% 0.00% 0.66%
2030 0.34% 0.32% 0.00% 0.67%
2031 0.34% 0.33% 0.00% 0.69%
2032 0.35% 0.34% 0.00% 0.70%
2033 0.35% 0.35% 0.00% 0.71%
2034 0.36% 0.35% 0.00% 0.72%
2035 0.36% 0.36% 0.00% 0.73%
2036 0.37% 0.36% 0.00% 0.74%
2037 0.37% 0.37% 0.00% 0.75%
2038 0.37% 0.37% 0.00% 0.76%
2039 0.38% 0.38% 0.00% 0.77%
2040 0.38% 0.38% 0.00% 0.78%
2041 0.38% 0.39% 0.00% 0.78%
Reduction in Estimated 12-Month Prevalence of SUD in Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 142
B.1.8 DEMENTIA INCLUDING COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT
Table 90 Estimated Number of Males with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 294,425
2012 301,463
2013 308,989
2014 317,041
2015 325,683
2016 334,987
2017 345,012
2018 355,802
2019 367,378
2020 379,739
2021 392,859
2022 406,692
2023 421,174
2024 436,220
2025 451,736
2026 467,616
2027 483,752
2028 500,034
2029 516,359
2030 532,627
2031 548,747
2032 564,635
2033 580,220
2034 595,437
2035 610,232
2036 624,562
2037 638,395
2038 651,709
2039 664,496
2040 676,756
2041 688,503
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Number of Males with
Dementia* (Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 143
Table 91 Estimated Number of Females with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 452,594
2012 460,032
2013 468,064
2014 476,784
2015 486,313
2016 496,767
2017 508,248
2018 520,830
2019 534,562
2020 549,459
2021 565,510
2022 582,676
2023 600,889
2024 620,056
2025 640,066
2026 660,789
2027 682,084
2028 703,805
2029 725,806
2030 747,942
2031 770,074
2032 792,069
2033 813,804
2034 835,168
2035 856,057
2036 876,383
2037 896,072
2038 915,064
2039 933,316
2040 950,801
2041 967,510
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Number of Females
with Dementia* (Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 144
Table 92 Estimated Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Baseline Model, and the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 747,019
2012 761,496
2013 777,053
2014 793,825
2015 811,995
2016 831,753
2017 853,260
2018 876,633
2019 901,940
2020 929,197
2021 958,369
2022 989,369
2023 1,022,063
2024 1,056,277
2025 1,091,802
2026 1,128,404
2027 1,165,835
2028 1,203,840
2029 1,242,166
2030 1,280,569
2031 1,318,820
2032 1,356,704
2033 1,394,024
2034 1,430,604
2035 1,466,289
2036 1,500,945
2037 1,534,467
2038 1,566,774
2039 1,597,811
2040 1,627,557
2041 1,656,013
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Number of People with
Dementia* (Prevalence) in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 145
Table 93 Estimated Reduction in Number of Males with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 -
2012 3,321
2013 6,509
2014 9,575
2015 12,533
2016 15,397
2017 18,179
2018 20,887
2019 23,528
2020 26,107
2021 28,626
2022 31,086
2023 33,489
2024 35,834
2025 38,120
2026 40,344
2027 42,503
2028 44,593
2029 46,613
2030 48,558
2031 50,426
2032 52,216
2033 53,925
2034 55,554
2035 57,104
2036 58,575
2037 59,969
2038 61,289
2039 62,539
2040 63,723
2041 64,845
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Reduction in Number
of Males with Dementia
(Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 146
Table 94 Estimated Reduction in Number of Females with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 -
2012 4,268
2013 8,388
2014 12,372
2015 16,235
2016 19,991
2017 23,654
2018 27,234
2019 30,738
2020 34,173
2021 37,541
2022 40,847
2023 44,090
2024 47,269
2025 50,383
2026 53,428
2027 56,400
2028 59,293
2029 62,102
2030 64,822
2031 67,448
2032 69,974
2033 72,398
2034 74,715
2035 76,924
2036 79,023
2037 81,013
2038 82,896
2039 84,673
2040 86,349
2041 87,927
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Reduction in Number
of Females with Dementia
(Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 147
Table 95 Estimated Reduction in Number of People with Dementia* (Prevalence) for the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 -
2012 7,589
2013 14,897
2014 21,947
2015 28,767
2016 35,388
2017 41,833
2018 48,121
2019 54,266
2020 60,279
2021 66,167
2022 71,933
2023 77,579
2024 83,104
2025 88,503
2026 93,772
2027 98,902
2028 103,887
2029 108,715
2030 113,380
2031 117,874
2032 122,190
2033 126,323
2034 130,269
2035 134,028
2036 137,598
2037 140,983
2038 144,186
2039 147,213
2040 150,072
2041 152,773
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Reduction in Number
of People with Dementia*
(Prevalence) in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 148
Table 96 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in Males for the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Table 97 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in Females for the Incidence Reduction
Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 Cell suppressed*
2012 0.02%
2013 0.04%
2014 0.05%
2015 0.07%
2016 0.09%
2017 0.10%
2018 0.12%
2019 0.13%
2020 0.14%
2021 0.15%
2022 0.17%
2023 0.18%
2024 0.19%
2025 0.20%
2026 0.21%
2027 0.22%
2028 0.23%
2029 0.24%
2030 0.24%
2031 0.25%
2032 0.26%
2033 0.27%
2034 0.27%
2035 0.28%
2036 0.28%
2037 0.29%
2038 0.29%
2039 0.30%
2040 0.30%
2041 0.30%
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
*Cell suppressed due to small value
Reduction in Estimated Prevalence
of Dementia in Males in Canada,
by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 149
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 Cell suppressed*
2012 0.02%
2013 0.05%
2014 0.07%
2015 0.09%
2016 0.11%
2017 0.13%
2018 0.15%
2019 0.16%
2020 0.18%
2021 0.20%
2022 0.21%
2023 0.23%
2024 0.24%
2025 0.26%
2026 0.27%
2027 0.28%
2028 0.30%
2029 0.31%
2030 0.32%
2031 0.33%
2032 0.34%
2033 0.35%
2034 0.36%
2035 0.37%
2036 0.37%
2037 0.38%
2038 0.39%
2039 0.39%
2040 0.40%
2041 0.40%
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
*Cell suppressed due to small value
Reduction in Estimated Prevalence
of Dementia in Females in
Canada, by Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 150
Table 98 Estimated Reduction in Prevalence of Dementia* in People for the Incidence Reduction Scenario.
Scenario
Year Reduce Incidence
2011 Cell suppressed*
2012 0.02%
2013 0.04%
2014 0.06%
2015 0.08%
2016 0.10%
2017 0.12%
2018 0.13%
2019 0.15%
2020 0.16%
2021 0.18%
2022 0.19%
2023 0.20%
2024 0.22%
2025 0.23%
2026 0.24%
2027 0.25%
2028 0.26%
2029 0.27%
2030 0.28%
2031 0.29%
2032 0.30%
2033 0.31%
2034 0.31%
2035 0.32%
2036 0.33%
2037 0.33%
2038 0.34%
2039 0.34%
2040 0.35%
2041 0.35%
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
*Cell suppressed due to small value
Reduction in Estimated Prevalence
of Dementia* in Canada, by
Scenario, 2011 to 2041
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 151
B.1.9 DIRECT COSTS EXCLUDING DEMENTIA
Figure 30 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Excluding Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 31 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Excluding Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
$-
$20,000.0
$40,000.0
$60,000.0
$80,000.0
$100,000.0
$120,000.0
Base Case Increase Remission
Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e ($
Mil
lio
ns)
Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Any* Disorder Excluding
Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD
$-
$2,000.0
$4,000.0
$6,000.0
$8,000.0
$10,000.0
$12,000.0
$14,000.0
Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e (
$ M
illi
on
s)
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs fo Any* Disorder Excluding Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
Any* is Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, SUD, ADHD, ODD, CD
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 152
Table 99 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Excluding Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Base Case Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 22,557.0$ 22,557.0$ 22,557.0$ 22,557.0$ 22,557.0$
2012 23,756.7$ 23,654.0$ 23,623.5$ 23,744.3$ 23,510.3$
2013 24,999.5$ 24,796.8$ 24,739.6$ 24,975.2$ 24,517.3$
2014 26,299.8$ 25,997.4$ 25,914.9$ 26,263.4$ 25,584.4$
2015 27,668.4$ 27,265.2$ 27,157.6$ 27,619.6$ 26,717.7$
2016 29,113.4$ 28,607.1$ 28,473.9$ 29,051.9$ 27,922.7$
2017 30,641.2$ 30,028.8$ 29,869.3$ 30,566.6$ 29,203.9$
2018 32,256.1$ 31,533.8$ 31,347.6$ 32,168.0$ 30,564.3$
2019 33,961.6$ 33,125.0$ 32,911.9$ 33,859.8$ 32,006.4$
2020 35,762.5$ 34,806.5$ 34,566.1$ 35,646.6$ 33,533.8$
2021 37,662.5$ 36,581.9$ 36,313.8$ 37,532.1$ 35,149.4$
2022 39,665.8$ 38,454.9$ 38,158.3$ 39,520.5$ 36,856.2$
2023 41,776.8$ 40,429.3$ 40,103.4$ 41,616.2$ 38,657.5$
2024 44,000.2$ 42,509.7$ 42,153.2$ 43,823.7$ 40,557.0$
2025 46,340.9$ 44,700.1$ 44,311.6$ 46,147.9$ 42,558.0$
2026 48,804.4$ 47,005.7$ 46,583.5$ 48,594.1$ 44,664.9$
2027 51,397.0$ 49,432.5$ 48,974.6$ 51,168.7$ 46,882.8$
2028 54,125.2$ 51,986.2$ 51,490.4$ 53,878.0$ 49,216.9$
2029 56,995.5$ 54,673.0$ 54,136.9$ 56,728.6$ 51,672.4$
2030 60,014.8$ 57,499.2$ 56,920.1$ 59,727.2$ 54,254.9$
2031 63,190.6$ 60,471.6$ 59,846.8$ 62,881.3$ 56,970.6$
2032 66,531.0$ 63,597.8$ 62,924.2$ 66,198.8$ 59,826.2$
2033 70,044.4$ 66,885.5$ 66,160.0$ 69,688.2$ 62,828.5$
2034 73,739.7$ 70,343.1$ 69,562.2$ 73,358.4$ 65,985.1$
2035 77,626.3$ 73,979.2$ 73,139.1$ 77,218.5$ 69,303.6$
2036 81,714.0$ 77,802.9$ 76,899.8$ 81,278.5$ 72,792.3$
2037 86,012.9$ 81,823.8$ 80,853.4$ 85,548.2$ 76,459.6$
2038 90,534.1$ 86,051.9$ 85,009.8$ 90,038.8$ 80,314.7$
2039 95,288.9$ 90,498.0$ 89,379.4$ 94,761.3$ 84,367.2$
2040 100,289.2$ 95,172.9$ 93,972.9$ 99,727.6$ 88,627.1$
2041 105,547.6$ 100,088.7$ 98,802.0$ 104,950.4$ 93,105.0$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, and Schizophrenia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Scenario
Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Excuding Dementia* in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 153
Table 100 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Excluding Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 -$ -$ -$ -$
2012 102.7$ 133.2$ 12.3$ 246.4$
2013 202.7$ 259.9$ 24.3$ 482.2$
2014 302.4$ 384.8$ 36.4$ 715.4$
2015 403.2$ 510.8$ 48.8$ 950.7$
2016 506.3$ 639.5$ 61.5$ 1,190.8$
2017 612.4$ 771.9$ 74.6$ 1,437.3$
2018 722.3$ 908.5$ 88.1$ 1,691.8$
2019 836.6$ 1,049.8$ 101.8$ 1,955.2$
2020 955.9$ 1,196.3$ 115.9$ 2,228.6$
2021 1,080.5$ 1,348.7$ 130.4$ 2,513.1$
2022 1,210.9$ 1,507.5$ 145.2$ 2,809.6$
2023 1,347.4$ 1,673.4$ 160.6$ 3,119.3$
2024 1,490.6$ 1,847.1$ 176.5$ 3,443.3$
2025 1,640.8$ 2,029.3$ 193.0$ 3,782.9$
2026 1,798.6$ 2,220.8$ 210.3$ 4,139.5$
2027 1,964.5$ 2,422.4$ 228.3$ 4,514.2$
2028 2,138.9$ 2,634.7$ 247.1$ 4,908.3$
2029 2,322.5$ 2,858.6$ 266.9$ 5,323.1$
2030 2,515.6$ 3,094.7$ 287.6$ 5,759.9$
2031 2,719.0$ 3,343.8$ 309.4$ 6,220.0$
2032 2,933.2$ 3,606.8$ 332.2$ 6,704.8$
2033 3,158.9$ 3,884.4$ 356.1$ 7,215.9$
2034 3,396.6$ 4,177.5$ 381.3$ 7,754.6$
2035 3,647.1$ 4,487.1$ 407.7$ 8,322.7$
2036 3,911.0$ 4,814.1$ 435.5$ 8,921.7$
2037 4,189.1$ 5,159.5$ 464.7$ 9,553.4$
2038 4,482.2$ 5,524.3$ 495.4$ 10,219.4$
2039 4,790.9$ 5,909.5$ 527.6$ 10,921.7$
2040 5,116.3$ 6,316.3$ 561.6$ 11,662.1$
2041 5,459.0$ 6,745.6$ 597.2$ 12,442.6$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, and Schizophrenia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Scenario
Reduction in Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Excluding Dementia*
in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 154
B.1.10 DIRECT COSTS FOR DEMENTIA INCLUDING COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT
Figure 32 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
Figure 33 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Annual Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios.
$-
$20,000.0
$40,000.0
$60,000.0
$80,000.0
$100,000.0
$120,000.0
$140,000.0
$160,000.0
$180,000.0
$200,000.0
Base Case Increase Remission
Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e ($
Mil
lio
ns)
Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia* in Annual
Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
$-
$2,000.0
$4,000.0
$6,000.0
$8,000.0
$10,000.0
$12,000.0
$14,000.0
$16,000.0
$18,000.0
Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined Intervention
Futu
re V
alu
e (
$ M
illi
on
s)
Scenario
Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia* in Annual Future Value Terms
2011 2021 2031 2041
*Cognitive impairment including Dementia
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 155
Table 101 Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Canada in Future Value Terms for the Baseline Model, and Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios (in $ Millions).
Year Base Case Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 19,738.0$ 19,738.0$ 19,738.0$ 19,738.0$ 19,738.0$
2012 21,264.6$ 21,264.7$ 21,054.8$ 21,264.7$ 21,054.8$
2013 22,906.0$ 22,906.1$ 22,475.1$ 22,906.0$ 22,475.2$
2014 24,675.4$ 24,675.7$ 24,011.5$ 24,675.5$ 24,011.9$
2015 26,589.8$ 26,590.4$ 25,680.0$ 26,589.9$ 25,680.7$
2016 28,668.0$ 28,668.9$ 27,498.0$ 28,668.2$ 27,499.1$
2017 30,930.0$ 30,931.5$ 29,484.5$ 30,930.3$ 29,486.1$
2018 33,396.6$ 33,398.6$ 31,658.8$ 33,397.1$ 31,661.0$
2019 36,088.8$ 36,091.5$ 34,040.7$ 36,089.4$ 34,043.7$
2020 39,027.8$ 39,031.2$ 36,650.2$ 39,028.5$ 36,654.0$
2021 42,234.3$ 42,238.7$ 39,506.7$ 42,235.2$ 39,511.6$
2022 45,728.8$ 45,734.4$ 42,629.4$ 45,729.9$ 42,635.5$
2023 49,530.9$ 49,537.7$ 46,036.5$ 49,532.2$ 46,043.9$
2024 53,658.7$ 53,667.0$ 49,745.0$ 53,660.3$ 49,753.9$
2025 58,129.2$ 58,139.2$ 53,770.5$ 58,131.1$ 53,781.2$
2026 62,957.8$ 62,969.7$ 58,127.3$ 62,960.1$ 58,140.0$
2027 68,158.4$ 68,172.4$ 62,828.4$ 68,161.0$ 62,843.3$
2028 73,743.4$ 73,759.8$ 67,885.2$ 73,746.5$ 67,902.6$
2029 79,724.2$ 79,743.4$ 73,308.2$ 79,727.7$ 73,328.5$
2030 86,110.9$ 86,133.2$ 79,106.9$ 86,115.0$ 79,130.4$
2031 92,913.0$ 92,938.8$ 85,289.9$ 92,917.7$ 85,317.1$
2032 100,139.0$ 100,168.7$ 91,865.2$ 100,144.3$ 91,896.5$
2033 107,796.9$ 107,831.1$ 98,840.3$ 107,803.0$ 98,876.1$
2034 115,894.5$ 115,933.6$ 106,222.0$ 115,901.3$ 106,262.9$
2035 124,439.0$ 124,483.7$ 114,017.2$ 124,446.7$ 114,063.7$
2036 133,438.1$ 133,489.0$ 122,232.6$ 133,446.7$ 122,285.3$
2037 142,899.8$ 142,957.5$ 130,875.4$ 142,909.4$ 130,934.9$
2038 152,832.9$ 152,898.1$ 139,953.4$ 152,843.6$ 140,020.6$
2039 163,247.6$ 163,321.0$ 149,475.8$ 163,259.4$ 149,551.3$
2040 174,156.0$ 174,238.4$ 159,453.2$ 174,168.9$ 159,537.8$
2041 185,443.7$ 185,535.9$ 169,780.8$ 185,457.9$ 169,875.1$
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Estimated Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia* in Annual Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 156
Table 102 Estimated Reduction in Total Direct Mental Health Costs for Dementia Including Cognitive Impairment in Canada in Future Value Terms for the Each of the Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios (in $ Millions).
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 -$ -$ -$ -$
2012 -$ 209.8$ -$ 209.8$
2013 -$ 430.9$ -$ 430.7$
2014 -$ 663.8$ -$ 663.5$
2015 -$ 909.8$ -$ 909.1$
2016 -$ 1,169.9$ -$ 1,168.8$
2017 -$ 1,445.5$ -$ 1,443.9$
2018 -$ 1,737.8$ -$ 1,735.6$
2019 -$ 2,048.1$ -$ 2,045.1$
2020 -$ 2,377.6$ -$ 2,373.7$
2021 -$ 2,727.6$ -$ 2,722.7$
2022 -$ 3,099.4$ -$ 3,093.4$
2023 -$ 3,494.4$ -$ 3,487.0$
2024 -$ 3,913.7$ -$ 3,904.8$
2025 -$ 4,358.7$ -$ 4,348.0$
2026 -$ 4,830.5$ -$ 4,817.8$
2027 -$ 5,330.0$ -$ 5,315.0$
2028 -$ 5,858.2$ -$ 5,840.7$
2029 -$ 6,416.0$ -$ 6,395.6$
2030 -$ 7,004.0$ -$ 6,980.5$
2031 -$ 7,623.1$ -$ 7,595.9$
2032 -$ 8,273.7$ -$ 8,242.5$
2033 -$ 8,956.6$ -$ 8,920.9$
2034 -$ 9,672.5$ -$ 9,631.6$
2035 -$ 10,421.8$ -$ 10,375.4$
2036 -$ 11,205.6$ -$ 11,152.9$
2037 -$ 12,024.5$ -$ 11,964.9$
2038 -$ 12,879.5$ -$ 12,812.3$
2039 -$ 13,771.8$ -$ 13,696.4$
2040 -$ 14,702.7$ -$ 14,618.2$
2041 -$ 15,662.9$ -$ 15,568.6$
Reduction in Total Direct Costs for Dementia* in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 157
B.1.11 TOTAL DIRECT COSTS
Table 103 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Base Case Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$
2012 45,021.3$ 44,918.7$ 44,678.3$ 45,009.0$ 44,565.2$
2013 47,905.4$ 47,702.9$ 47,214.6$ 47,881.2$ 46,992.5$
2014 50,975.1$ 50,673.1$ 49,926.5$ 50,938.8$ 49,596.3$
2015 54,258.2$ 53,855.5$ 52,837.6$ 54,209.5$ 52,398.4$
2016 57,781.4$ 57,276.0$ 55,971.9$ 57,720.1$ 55,421.8$
2017 61,571.2$ 60,960.2$ 59,353.8$ 61,496.9$ 58,690.0$
2018 65,652.7$ 64,932.4$ 63,006.4$ 65,565.1$ 62,225.4$
2019 70,050.5$ 69,216.5$ 66,952.6$ 69,949.2$ 66,050.2$
2020 74,790.2$ 73,837.8$ 71,216.3$ 74,675.0$ 70,187.8$
2021 79,896.8$ 78,820.7$ 75,820.5$ 79,767.3$ 74,660.9$
2022 85,394.6$ 84,189.2$ 80,787.7$ 85,250.5$ 79,491.6$
2023 91,307.6$ 89,967.0$ 86,139.9$ 91,148.4$ 84,701.4$
2024 97,658.9$ 96,176.6$ 91,898.1$ 97,484.0$ 90,310.9$
2025 104,470.1$ 102,839.3$ 98,082.1$ 104,279.0$ 96,339.2$
2026 111,762.2$ 109,975.4$ 104,710.9$ 111,554.2$ 102,804.9$
2027 119,555.3$ 117,604.8$ 111,803.0$ 119,329.7$ 109,726.1$
2028 127,868.5$ 125,746.1$ 119,375.6$ 127,624.5$ 117,119.5$
2029 136,719.7$ 134,416.4$ 127,445.1$ 136,456.3$ 125,000.9$
2030 146,125.7$ 143,632.4$ 136,027.0$ 145,842.2$ 133,385.4$
2031 156,103.6$ 153,410.4$ 145,136.7$ 155,798.9$ 142,287.7$
2032 166,669.9$ 163,766.5$ 154,789.4$ 166,343.1$ 151,722.6$
2033 177,841.3$ 174,716.6$ 165,000.3$ 177,491.2$ 161,704.6$
2034 189,634.1$ 186,276.7$ 175,784.2$ 189,259.7$ 172,247.9$
2035 202,065.3$ 198,462.9$ 187,156.3$ 201,665.2$ 183,367.2$
2036 215,152.1$ 211,291.9$ 199,132.4$ 214,725.2$ 195,077.5$
2037 228,912.7$ 224,781.3$ 211,728.8$ 228,457.6$ 207,394.5$
2038 243,367.0$ 238,950.0$ 224,963.3$ 242,882.3$ 220,335.3$
2039 258,536.5$ 253,819.0$ 238,855.2$ 258,020.6$ 233,918.5$
2040 274,445.1$ 269,411.3$ 253,426.2$ 273,896.5$ 248,164.8$
2041 290,991.3$ 285,624.6$ 268,582.8$ 290,408.3$ 262,980.1$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia and Dementia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Incuding Dementia* in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 158
Table 104 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 -$ -$ -$ -$
2012 102.6$ 343.0$ 12.3$ 456.1$
2013 202.6$ 690.8$ 24.3$ 912.9$
2014 302.0$ 1,048.7$ 36.3$ 1,378.9$
2015 402.6$ 1,420.6$ 48.7$ 1,859.8$
2016 505.4$ 1,809.5$ 61.3$ 2,359.6$
2017 611.0$ 2,217.4$ 74.4$ 2,881.3$
2018 720.3$ 2,646.3$ 87.7$ 3,427.4$
2019 833.9$ 3,097.9$ 101.3$ 4,000.3$
2020 952.4$ 3,573.9$ 115.2$ 4,602.4$
2021 1,076.1$ 4,076.3$ 129.5$ 5,235.8$
2022 1,205.4$ 4,606.9$ 144.1$ 5,903.0$
2023 1,340.6$ 5,167.7$ 159.2$ 6,606.2$
2024 1,482.3$ 5,760.8$ 174.9$ 7,348.0$
2025 1,630.8$ 6,388.0$ 191.1$ 8,130.9$
2026 1,786.8$ 7,051.3$ 208.0$ 8,957.2$
2027 1,950.5$ 7,752.4$ 225.6$ 9,829.2$
2028 2,122.5$ 8,493.0$ 244.0$ 10,749.0$
2029 2,303.3$ 9,274.6$ 263.3$ 11,718.8$
2030 2,493.3$ 10,098.8$ 283.5$ 12,740.4$
2031 2,693.2$ 10,966.9$ 304.7$ 13,815.9$
2032 2,903.4$ 11,880.5$ 326.8$ 14,947.3$
2033 3,124.7$ 12,841.0$ 350.1$ 16,136.7$
2034 3,357.4$ 13,850.0$ 374.5$ 17,386.2$
2035 3,602.4$ 14,909.0$ 400.1$ 18,698.0$
2036 3,860.2$ 16,019.7$ 426.9$ 20,074.6$
2037 4,131.5$ 17,184.0$ 455.1$ 21,518.2$
2038 4,417.0$ 18,403.8$ 484.7$ 23,031.8$
2039 4,717.5$ 19,681.3$ 515.9$ 24,618.0$
2040 5,033.8$ 21,019.0$ 548.6$ 26,280.3$
2041 5,366.7$ 22,408.5$ 583.0$ 28,011.2$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia and Dementia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Reduction in Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Including Dementia*
in Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 159
Table 105 Estimated Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Base Case Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$ 42,295.0$
2012 86,005.0$ 85,905.3$ 85,671.9$ 85,993.0$ 85,562.1$
2013 131,160.4$ 130,869.9$ 130,176.3$ 131,125.6$ 129,857.1$
2014 177,809.9$ 177,242.9$ 175,866.1$ 177,741.8$ 175,244.7$
2015 226,017.6$ 225,092.9$ 222,811.5$ 225,906.3$ 221,799.9$
2016 275,860.3$ 274,499.7$ 271,093.4$ 275,696.1$ 269,607.3$
2017 327,425.3$ 325,552.9$ 320,801.3$ 327,198.8$ 318,759.2$
2018 380,807.0$ 378,348.9$ 372,031.3$ 380,509.2$ 369,354.1$
2019 436,105.4$ 432,989.1$ 424,884.3$ 435,727.7$ 421,494.7$
2020 493,425.9$ 489,579.6$ 479,465.7$ 492,959.9$ 475,287.8$
2021 552,876.6$ 548,229.5$ 535,883.2$ 552,314.2$ 530,842.6$
2022 614,567.5$ 609,049.7$ 594,246.0$ 613,901.0$ 588,269.1$
2023 678,608.8$ 672,150.7$ 654,662.7$ 677,830.6$ 647,676.9$
2024 745,109.8$ 737,642.3$ 717,240.9$ 744,212.5$ 709,174.2$
2025 814,176.8$ 805,631.2$ 782,084.7$ 813,153.2$ 772,865.8$
2026 885,912.8$ 876,220.2$ 849,294.6$ 884,755.6$ 838,852.4$
2027 960,415.7$ 949,507.7$ 918,966.5$ 959,117.9$ 907,230.0$
2028 1,037,778.2$ 1,025,586.1$ 991,190.7$ 1,036,332.8$ 978,089.3$
2029 1,118,086.6$ 1,104,541.6$ 1,066,051.3$ 1,116,486.6$ 1,051,514.1$
2030 1,201,420.0$ 1,186,453.2$ 1,143,625.6$ 1,199,658.3$ 1,127,582.0$
2031 1,287,850.9$ 1,271,392.7$ 1,223,984.3$ 1,285,920.4$ 1,206,363.2$
2032 1,377,444.2$ 1,359,425.3$ 1,307,191.2$ 1,375,338.0$ 1,287,921.6$
2033 1,470,258.2$ 1,450,608.6$ 1,393,303.6$ 1,467,969.3$ 1,372,314.0$
2034 1,566,344.2$ 1,544,993.5$ 1,482,372.0$ 1,563,865.6$ 1,459,590.6$
2035 1,665,747.0$ 1,642,624.1$ 1,574,440.5$ 1,663,071.6$ 1,549,795.1$
2036 1,768,504.8$ 1,743,538.3$ 1,669,547.3$ 1,765,625.5$ 1,642,965.2$
2037 1,874,650.4$ 1,847,768.1$ 1,767,724.8$ 1,871,560.1$ 1,739,133.0$
2038 1,984,211.6$ 1,955,340.9$ 1,869,000.7$ 1,980,903.1$ 1,838,325.5$
2039 2,097,211.9$ 2,066,279.2$ 1,973,398.8$ 2,093,677.9$ 1,940,565.8$
2040 2,213,671.7$ 2,180,603.0$ 2,080,939.2$ 2,209,904.9$ 2,045,873.7$
2041 2,333,556.3$ 2,298,276.5$ 2,191,591.9$ 2,329,549.3$ 2,154,218.0$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia and Dementia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Scenario
Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Incuding Dementia* in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 160
Table 106 Estimated Reduction in the Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Increase Remission Reduce Incidence
Reduce Relative
Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 -$ -$ -$ -$
2012 99.7$ 333.1$ 12.0$ 442.9$
2013 290.6$ 984.2$ 34.8$ 1,303.4$
2014 567.0$ 1,943.9$ 68.1$ 2,565.3$
2015 924.7$ 3,206.1$ 111.3$ 4,217.7$
2016 1,360.7$ 4,766.9$ 164.2$ 6,253.1$
2017 1,872.4$ 6,624.0$ 226.5$ 8,666.1$
2018 2,458.1$ 8,775.7$ 297.8$ 11,452.9$
2019 3,116.4$ 11,221.1$ 377.8$ 14,610.7$
2020 3,846.3$ 13,960.2$ 466.0$ 18,138.1$
2021 4,647.1$ 16,993.4$ 562.4$ 22,034.0$
2022 5,517.8$ 20,321.5$ 666.5$ 26,298.4$
2023 6,458.1$ 23,946.1$ 778.2$ 30,931.9$
2024 7,467.5$ 27,868.9$ 897.3$ 35,935.6$
2025 8,545.6$ 32,092.1$ 1,023.6$ 41,311.0$
2026 9,692.5$ 36,618.1$ 1,157.1$ 47,060.4$
2027 10,908.0$ 41,449.1$ 1,297.7$ 53,185.6$
2028 12,192.1$ 46,587.5$ 1,445.4$ 59,688.9$
2029 13,545.0$ 52,035.3$ 1,600.0$ 66,572.4$
2030 14,966.8$ 57,794.4$ 1,761.7$ 73,838.1$
2031 16,458.1$ 63,866.6$ 1,930.4$ 81,487.7$
2032 18,018.9$ 70,253.0$ 2,106.2$ 89,522.6$
2033 19,649.6$ 76,954.6$ 2,288.9$ 97,944.2$
2034 21,350.6$ 83,972.1$ 2,478.5$ 106,753.6$
2035 23,122.9$ 91,306.5$ 2,675.4$ 115,951.9$
2036 24,966.5$ 98,957.5$ 2,879.2$ 125,539.6$
2037 26,882.3$ 106,925.6$ 3,090.3$ 135,517.4$
2038 28,870.7$ 115,210.9$ 3,308.5$ 145,886.1$
2039 30,932.6$ 123,813.1$ 3,533.9$ 156,646.1$
2040 33,068.7$ 132,732.4$ 3,766.7$ 167,797.9$
2041 35,279.9$ 141,964.5$ 4,007.0$ 179,338.3$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia and Dementia
*Cognitive Impairment Including Dementia
Scenario
Reduction in Total Direct Costs for Any* Mental Illnesses in Canada Including Dementia*
in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 161
B.1.12 INDIRECT COSTS
Table 107 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Annual Future Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Reduced Disability Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,583.5$ -$ -$ -$ 1,584.6$
2012 1,756.7$ -$ 31.3$ 4.1$ 1,769.3$
2013 1,893.8$ -$ 72.9$ 8.4$ 1,932.7$
2014 2,003.6$ -$ 123.6$ 15.6$ 2,082.2$
2015 2,022.4$ -$ 129.2$ 16.4$ 2,107.8$
2016 2,052.7$ -$ 135.0$ 17.3$ 2,148.1$
2017 2,098.9$ 2.6$ 142.5$ 18.2$ 2,209.2$
2018 2,155.1$ 19.5$ 151.5$ 19.8$ 2,284.2$
2019 2,215.9$ 39.3$ 162.7$ 21.6$ 2,368.9$
2020 2,292.7$ 62.5$ 175.6$ 23.6$ 2,473.5$
2021 2,377.4$ 88.6$ 191.9$ 25.6$ 2,591.8$
2022 2,463.4$ 117.4$ 211.2$ 28.8$ 2,713.8$
2023 2,555.5$ 148.1$ 232.0$ 31.5$ 2,848.1$
2024 2,648.3$ 181.8$ 257.0$ 35.1$ 2,987.5$
2025 2,744.4$ 217.3$ 285.3$ 38.8$ 3,136.8$
2026 2,851.9$ 260.3$ 319.3$ 43.0$ 3,303.3$
2027 3,011.5$ 319.8$ 359.4$ 48.0$ 3,546.0$
2028 3,180.6$ 385.4$ 405.5$ 53.7$ 3,807.1$
2029 3,359.1$ 455.3$ 457.7$ 60.6$ 4,087.6$
2030 3,541.0$ 530.3$ 515.9$ 67.9$ 4,381.5$
2031 3,735.6$ 608.7$ 580.4$ 76.0$ 4,698.4$
2032 3,938.2$ 693.1$ 653.5$ 84.9$ 5,034.0$
2033 4,234.4$ 795.9$ 745.3$ 95.4$ 5,493.0$
2034 4,546.6$ 905.7$ 846.2$ 107.0$ 5,979.2$
2035 4,856.5$ 1,016.3$ 955.3$ 118.2$ 6,472.9$
2036 5,186.8$ 1,131.2$ 1,064.8$ 132.4$ 6,989.3$
2037 5,455.0$ 1,249.9$ 1,184.6$ 146.3$ 7,446.5$
2038 5,863.9$ 1,368.7$ 1,308.1$ 158.6$ 8,064.9$
2039 6,179.3$ 1,496.3$ 1,442.3$ 175.1$ 8,602.0$
2040 6,578.8$ 1,624.2$ 1,586.0$ 187.7$ 9,188.1$
2041 6,786.4$ 1,735.9$ 1,715.5$ 205.0$ 9,622.3$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Annual Future Value Terms (in $ Millions)
Scenario
Life and Economic Impact of Hypothetical Intervention Scenarios on Major Mental Illness in Canada: 2011 to 2041
Page | 162
Table 108 Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Mental Illnesses Including Dementia* in Canada in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $ Millions).
Year Reduced Disability Increase Remission Reduce Incidence Reduce Relative Risk
Combined
Intervention
2011 1,583.5$ -$ -$ -$ 1,584.6$
2012 3,289.0$ -$ 30.3$ 3.9$ 3,302.4$
2013 5,074.1$ -$ 99.0$ 11.8$ 5,124.1$
2014 6,907.6$ -$ 212.2$ 26.1$ 7,029.6$
2015 8,704.6$ -$ 327.0$ 40.6$ 8,902.4$
2016 10,475.2$ -$ 443.4$ 55.5$ 10,755.4$
2017 12,233.0$ -$ 562.8$ 70.8$ 12,605.5$
2018 13,985.3$ -$ 686.0$ 86.9$ 14,462.8$
2019 15,734.5$ -$ 814.4$ 104.0$ 16,332.8$
2020 17,491.7$ 17.4$ 949.0$ 122.0$ 18,228.5$
2021 19,260.7$ 83.3$ 1,091.8$ 141.1$ 20,157.1$
2022 21,040.3$ 168.2$ 1,244.3$ 161.9$ 22,117.6$
2023 22,832.7$ 272.0$ 1,407.0$ 184.0$ 24,115.2$
2024 24,636.0$ 395.8$ 1,582.0$ 207.9$ 26,149.5$
2025 26,450.4$ 539.5$ 1,770.7$ 233.5$ 28,223.3$
2026 28,280.9$ 706.6$ 1,975.6$ 261.1$ 30,343.6$
2027 30,157.6$ 905.9$ 2,199.6$ 291.0$ 32,553.4$
2028 32,081.9$ 1,139.0$ 2,445.0$ 323.5$ 34,856.7$
2029 34,055.0$ 1,406.5$ 2,713.8$ 359.1$ 37,257.8$
2030 36,074.4$ 1,708.9$ 3,008.0$ 397.8$ 39,756.5$
2031 38,142.7$ 2,045.9$ 3,329.4$ 439.9$ 42,357.9$
2032 40,259.7$ 2,418.5$ 3,680.7$ 485.6$ 45,063.8$
2033 42,469.6$ 2,833.9$ 4,069.6$ 535.4$ 47,930.6$
2034 44,773.3$ 3,292.8$ 4,498.4$ 589.6$ 50,960.2$
2035 47,162.4$ 3,792.8$ 4,968.3$ 647.7$ 54,144.4$
2036 49,639.6$ 4,333.0$ 5,476.9$ 710.9$ 57,482.6$
2037 52,169.1$ 4,912.6$ 6,026.2$ 778.8$ 60,935.4$
2038 54,808.9$ 5,528.7$ 6,615.1$ 850.2$ 64,566.2$
2039 57,509.7$ 6,182.7$ 7,245.5$ 926.7$ 68,325.9$
2040 60,301.4$ 6,872.0$ 7,918.5$ 1,006.4$ 72,224.8$
2041 63,097.3$ 7,587.2$ 8,625.2$ 1,090.8$ 76,189.1$
*Any includes ADHD, ODD, CD, SUD, Mood, Anxiety, Schizophrenia, and Dementia
Scenario
Estimated Total Indirect Economic Benefits for Any* Disorder Including Dementia in Cumulative Present Value Terms (in $
Millions)